Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / SiNtx Technologies, Inc.

SiNtx Technologies, Inc.

sint · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker sint
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · SiNtx Technologies, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

or

[  ] Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________

Commission File No. 001-33624

Amedica Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

84-1375299
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

1885 West 2100 South, Salt Lake City, UT 84119
(Address of principal executive offices and Zip Code)

(801) 839-3500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Capital Market

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] No

[X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every
interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T(§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of
this Form 10-K or any amendment to the this Form 10-K. [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller

reporting company.

Large Accelerated Filer

[  ]

Accelerated Filer

[  ]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Accelerated Filer

[  ] [Do not check if a smaller reporting company]

Smaller reporting company

[X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ] No [X]

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at
which  the  common  equity  was  last  sold,  or  the  average  bid  and  asked  price  of  such  common  equity,  as  of  the  last  business  day  of  the
registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $37,291,901.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, as of March 18, 2016 was 11,422,636.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part
III of this Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item Number and Caption

  Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV  
Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Signatures

3
25
43
43
43
43

44
44
45
56
56
56
56
57

57
57
57
57
57

58
62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act
of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. We have
tried  to  identify  forward-looking  statements  by  using  words  such  as  “believe,”  “may,”  “might,”  “could,”  “will,”  “aim,”  “estimate,”
“continue,”  “anticipate,”  “intend,”  “expect,”  “plan”  and  similar  words.  These  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  our  current
assumptions,  expectations  and  estimates  of  future  events  and  trends.  Forward-looking  statements  are  only  predictions  and  are  subject  to
many risks, uncertainties and other factors that may affect our businesses and operations and could cause actual results to differ materially
from those predicted. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, factors affecting our quarterly and annual results, our
ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain our profitability, demand for our products, our ability to compete successfully (including
without limitation our ability to convince surgeons to use our products and our ability to attract and retain sales and other personnel), our
ability to rapidly develop and introduce new products, our ability to develop and execute on successful business strategies, our ability to
comply  with  changes  and  applicable  laws  and  regulations  that  are  applicable  to  our  businesses,  our  ability  to  safeguard  our  intellectual
property,  our  success  in  defending  legal  proceedings  brought  against  us,  trends  in  the  medical  device  industry,  and  general  economic
conditions, and other risks set forth throughout this Annual Report, including under  “Item 1, Business,” “Item 1A, Risk Factors,” and
“Item  7,  Management’s  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,” and  those  discussed  in  other
documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk
factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess
the  impact  of  all  factors  on  our  business  or  the  extent  to  which  any  factor,  or  combination  of  factors,  may  cause  actual  results  to  differ
materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking
statements  contained  in  this Annual  Report  speak  only  as  of  the  date  of  this Annual  Report.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  any
forward-looking statements as a result of new information, events or circumstances or other factors arising or coming to our attention after
the date hereof.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we file periodic reports and other information with the
SEC. We will make our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to
those reports available through our Internet site, http://investors.amedica.com/sec.cfm as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically
filing such materials with the SEC. They may also be obtained free of charge by writing to Amedica Corporation, Attn: Investor Relations,
1885  West  2100  South,  Salt  Lake  City,  UT  84119.  In  addition,  copies  of  these  reports  may  be  obtained  through  the  SEC’s  website  at
www.sec.gov or by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or by calling the SEC at 800-
SEC-0330. Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “AMDA.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this Annual Report reflects a 1-for-15 reverse split of our common stock which
was effected on January 25, 2016.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

PART I

Overview

We are a commercial biomaterial company focused on using our silicon nitride ceramic technology platform to develop, manufacture and
sell a broad range of medical devices. We currently market spinal fusion products made with our silicon nitride biomaterial technology and
are developing a new generation of wear- and corrosion-resistant implant components for hip and knee arthroplasty also manufactured from
our silicon nitride biomaterial. We believe our silicon nitride technology platform enables us to offer new and transformative products in
the  orthopedic  and  other  medical  device  markets.  We  believe  we  are  the  first  and  only  company  to  use  silicon  nitride  in  medical
applications. More than 25,000 of our silicon nitride spine products have been implanted in patients.

Biomaterials  come  in  an  array  of  synthetic  or  natural  materials  available  in  a  variety  of  forms  that  are  used  in  virtually  every  medical
specialty. We believe our silicon nitride biomaterial has superior characteristics compared to commonly used biomaterials in the markets
we  are  targeting,  including  polyetheretherketone,  or  PEEK,  which  is  the  most  common  biomaterial  used  for  interbody  spinal  fusion
products. Specifically, we believe our silicon nitride has the following key attributes: promotion of bone growth; antibacterial properties;
superior biocompatibility; hardness, strength and resistance to fracture; resistance to wear; non-corrosive; and superior diagnostic imaging
compatibility.

We currently market our Valeo™ family of silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion devices in the United States, Europe and Brazil for use in
the cervical and thoracolumbar areas of the spine. We believe our Valeo devices have a number of advantages over existing products due to
silicon nitride’s key characteristics, resulting in faster and more effective fusion and reduced risk of infection.

In addition to our silicon nitride-based spinal fusion products, we market a line of non-silicon nitride spinal surgery products which allows
us to provide surgeons and hospitals with a more complete solution for spinal procedures. These additional products are complementary to
our fusion products and are designed for the treatment of deformity and degenerative spinal procedures. Although our non-silicon nitride
products  have  accounted  for  approximately  48%  and  52%  of  our  product  revenues  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,
respectively,  we  believe  the  continued  promotion  and  potential  for  adoption  of  our  silicon  nitride  products  and  product  candidates,  if
approved, provides us the greatest opportunity to grow our business in new and existing markets and achieve our goal to become a leading
biomaterial company.

In addition to the markets into which we directly sell our products, we are utilizing our silicon nitride technology platform to expand our
current penetration in the spinal fusion market through original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) and private label partnerships. We also
expect to do the same in other markets such as total hip and knee joint replacements, dental, extremities, trauma, and sports medicine. We
believe  our  biomaterial  expertise,  strong  intellectual  property,  and  formulaic  manufacturing  process  will  allow  us  to  transition  currently
available medical device products made of inferior biomaterials and manufacture them using our proprietary silicon nitride formulation and
technology platform to improve their characteristics. We believe the OEM and private label partnerships we will continue to develop will
lead to an accelerated adoption of silicon nitride for medical applications and offer the Company incremental revenue at improved margins
as compared to our existing distributor spine sales.

We are also incorporating our silicon nitride technology into components for use in total hip and knee replacement product candidates that
we plan on developing in collaboration with a strategic partner. We believe that our silicon nitride total hip and knee product candidates
will  provide  competitive  advantages  over  current  products  made  with  traditional  biomaterials.  We  also  believe  our  silicon  nitride
technology  platform  can  be  used  for  developing  products  in  other  markets  and  have  developed  prototypes  for  use  in  the  dental,  sports
medicine, extremities, and trauma markets. As a result of some of the key characteristics of our silicon nitride, we also believe our coating
technology may be used to enhance our metal products as well as commercially available metal spinal fusion, joint replacement and other
medical products.

We operate a 30,000 square foot manufacturing facility located at our corporate headquarters in Salt Lake City, Utah, and we are the only
vertically integrated silicon nitride medical device manufacturer in the world. We market and sell our products to surgeons and hospitals in
the  United  States  and  select  markets  in  Europe  and  South America  through  an  established  network  of  more  than  50  independent  sales
distributors who are managed by our experienced in-house sales and marketing management team.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Biomaterials

Biomaterials are natural or synthetic biocompatible materials that are used in virtually every medical specialty to improve or preserve body
functionality. Various types of biomaterials are used as essential components in medical devices, drug delivery systems, replacement and
tissue repair technologies, prostheses, and diagnostic technologies.

There are four general categories of biomaterials:

● Ceramics. Ceramics  are  hard,  non-metallic,  non-corrosive,  heat-resistant  materials  made  by  shaping  and  then  applying  high
temperatures. Traditional  ceramics  commonly  used  as  biomaterials  include  carbon,  oxides  of  aluminum,  zirconium  and
titanium,  calcium  phosphate and  zirconia-toughened  alumina.  Examples  of  medical  uses  of  ceramics  include  repair,
augmentation  or  stabilization  of  fractured bones,  bone  and  joint  replacements,  spinal  fusion  devices,  dental  implants  and
restorations, heart valves and surgical instruments.

● Metals. Metals commonly used as biomaterials include titanium, stainless steel, cobalt, chrome, gold, silver and platinum, and
alloys of these metals. Examples of medical uses of metals include the repair or stabilization of fractured bones, stents, surgical
instruments, bone and joint replacements, spinal fusion devices, dental implants and restorations and heart valves.

● Natural biomaterials. Natural biomaterials are derived from human donors, animal or plant sources and include human bone,
collagen, gelatin, cellulose, chitin, alginate and hyaluronic acid. Examples of medical uses of natural biomaterials include the
addition or  substitution  of  hard  and  soft  tissue,  cornea  protectors,  vascular  grafts,  repair  and  replacement  of  tendons  and
ligaments, bone and joint replacements, spinal fusion devices, dental restorations and heart valves.

● Polymers. Polymers  are  synthetic  compounds  consisting  of  similar  molecules  linked  together  that  can  be  created  to  have
specific properties.  Polymers  commonly  used  as  biomaterials  include  nylon,  silicon  rubber,  polyester,  polyethylene,  cross-
linked  polyethylene (a  stronger  version),  polymethylmethacrylate,  polyvinyl  chloride  and  polyetheretherketone  –  which  is
commonly referred to as PEEK. Examples of medical uses of polymers include soft-tissue replacement, sutures, drug delivery
systems, joint replacements, spinal fusion devices and dental restorations.

Within orthopedics, biomaterials are extensively used in spinal fusion procedures, hip and knee replacements and the repair or stabilization
of  fractured  bones.  Currently, Amedica  is  the  only  FDA-cleared  and  ISO  13485  certified  silicon  nitride  medical  device  manufacturing
facility in the world. We believe we are the only provider of ceramics-based medical devices used for spinal fusion applications.

Overview

Market Opportunity

We  believe  our  silicon  nitride  biomaterial  technology  platform  provides  us  with  numerous  competitive  advantages  in  the  orthopedic
biomaterials market. We market interbody spinal fusion devices and related products and are developing products for use as components in
total hip and knee joint replacements, as well as dental applications. We believe we can also utilize our silicon nitride technology platform
to develop future products in additional markets, such as the sports medicine, extremities, and trauma markets.

Of the interbody spinal fusion procedures conducted in the United States today, a significant majority utilized interbody devices comprised
of PEEK and bone, with occasional use of metals and other materials including ceramics. The market for interbody spinal fusion devices
has shifted over time as new biomaterials with superior characteristics have been incorporated into these devices and have launched into the
market.  We  believe  the  market  has  reached  another  inflection  point  as  surgeons  and  hospitals  recognized  the  limitations  of  devices
currently  available.  Similarly,  we  believe  our  silicon  nitride  interbody  spinal  fusion  products  address  the  key  limitations  of  other
biomaterials currently used in interbody spinal fusion devices and demonstrate superior characteristics needed to improve clinical outcomes.

We  believe  that  the  main  drivers  for  growth  within  the  orthopedic  biomaterials  market  and,  in  particular,  the  spinal  fusion  and  joint
replacement markets, are the following:

● Introduction of New Technologies.   Better  performing  and  longer-lasting  biomaterials,  improved  diagnostics,  and  advances  in
surgical procedures allow for surgical intervention earlier in the continuum of care and better outcomes for patients. We believe
surgical options  using  better  performing  and  longer-lasting  biomaterials  will  gain  acceptance  among  surgeons  and  younger
patients and drive accelerated growth and increase the size of the spinal fusion and joint replacement markets.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Favorable and Changing Demographics. With the growing number of elderly people, age-related ailments are expected to rise
sharply, which  we  believe  will  increase  the  demand  and  need  for  biomaterials  and  devices  with  improved  performance
capabilities.  Also, middle-aged  and  older  patients  increasingly  expect  to  enjoy  active  lifestyles,  and  consequently  demand
effective  treatments for  painful  spine  and  joint  conditions,  including  better  performing  and  longer-lasting  interbody  spinal
fusion devices and joint replacements.

● Market Expansion into New Geographic Areas. We anticipate that demand for biomaterials and the associated medical devices
will increase  as  the  applications  in  which  biomaterials  are  used  are  introduced  to  and  become  more  widely  accepted  in
underserved countries, such as Brazil and China.

The Interbody Spinal Fusion Market

The human spinal canal is made up of 33 interlocking bones, referred to as vertebrae, separated by 23 intervertebral discs comprised of a
hard outer ring made of collagen with a soft inner core, that act as shock absorbers between vertebrae. Disorders of the spine can result
from  degenerative  conditions,  deformities  and  trauma  or  tumor-related  damage.  Spinal  fusion  is  the  standard  of  care  used  to  treat  most
spinal disorders and typically involves the placement of an interbody device between vertebrae  to  reestablish  spacing  between  vertebrae
and alignment of the spine. Generally, the interbody device is stabilized by screws and, in some procedures, plates or rods. To enhance bone
attachment,  surgeons  often  pack  the  interbody  device  with  a  biomaterial  that  induces  bone  growth.  Following  successful  treatment,  new
bone  tissue  grows  in  and  around  the  interbody  device  over  time,  which  helps  fuse  the  vertebrae  and  create  long-term  stability  of  the
interbody device, leading to the alleviation of pain and increase in mobility. We selected this market as the first application for our silicon
nitride technology because of the limitations of currently available products, its size, and the key characteristics silicon nitride possesses,
which are critical for a superior interbody spinal fusion outcomes.

● Promotion of  Bone  Growth.  The  biomaterial  should  be  both  osteoconductive  and  create  an  osteoinductive  environment  to
promote bone growth in and around the interbody device to further support fusion and stability. Osteoconduction occurs when
material  serves as  a  scaffold  to  support  the  growth  of  new  bone  in  and  around  the  material.  Osteoinduction  involves  the
stimulation  of  osteoprogenitor cells  to  develop,  or  differentiate,  into  osteoblasts,  which  are  cells  that  are  needed  for  bone
growth. A material which stimulates bone growth and accelerates fusion rates is ideal in spinal fusion procedures.

● Antibacterial. Spinal fusion devices can become colonized with bacteria, which may limit fusion to adjacent vertebrae or cause
serious infection. Treating device-related infection is costly and generally requires repeat surgery, including surgery to replace
the device, referred to as revision surgery, which may extend hospital stays, suffering and disability for patients. A biomaterial
that has antibacterial properties can reduce the incidence of bacteria colonization in and around the interbody device that can
lead to infection, revision surgery and associated increased costs.

● Imaging Compatibility.  The  biomaterial  should  be  visible  through,  and  not  inhibit  the  effective  use  of,  common  surgical  and
diagnostic imaging techniques, such as X-ray, CT and MRI. These imaging techniques are used by surgeons during and after
spinal fusion procedures to assist in the proper placement of interbody devices and to assess the quality of post-operative bone
fusion.

● Strength and  Resistance  to  Fracture. The  biomaterial  should  be  strong  and  resistant  to  fracture  during  implantation  of  the
device and  to  successfully  restore  intervertebral  disc  space  and  spinal  alignment  during  the  fusion  process.  The  biomaterial
should have high flexural strength, which is the ability to resist breakage during bending, and high compressive strength, which
is the ability to resist compression under pressure, to withstand the static and dynamic forces exerted on the spine during daily
activities over the long term.

Limitations of Biomaterials used in Interbody Spinal Fusion Devices

The three biomaterials most commonly used in interbody spinal fusion devices are PEEK, human cadaver bone, also referred to as allograft
bone, and metals. We believe these materials do not possess the key characteristics required to form the optimal interbody spinal fusion
device  and  are  susceptible  to  potential  fracture,  implant-related  infection,  pain,  limited  fusion  and  instability,  which  have  resulted  in
revision surgeries.

PEEK (polyetheretherketone)

We believe PEEK is the most frequently used biomaterial for interbody spinal devices and accounted for the majority of interbody spinal
devices implanted in the United States in 2015. We believe PEEK has the following limitations:

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Restricts Bone Growth. Due to PEEK’s hydrophobic nature, the human body may recognize PEEK as a foreign substance and,
therefore, may encapsulate the device with fibrous tissue. Although it is still possible for bone to grow through the device, bone
may not adhere to the surface of the device if this tissue develops. This fibrous layer could cause a non-fusion, allow bacterial
colonization, and/or potentially lead to costly revision surgery.

● Lacks Imaging Compatibility. PEEK is invisible on X-rays. As a result, manufacturers of PEEK devices add metal markers to
their devices so surgeons can see the general location of the devices by X-ray. These markers, however, do not show the full
outline of  the  device,  which  makes  it  difficult  to  assess  the  accuracy  of  the  placement  of  the  device.  In  addition,  the  metal
markers cause artifacts on CT and MRI that can compromise the quality of the image.

● Lacks Strength  and  Resistance  to  Fracture.  PEEK  lacks  sufficient  flexural  strength,  compressive  strength  and  resistance  to
fracture necessary to reduce the risk of deformity or fracture during the fusion process. In addition, PEEK devices may fracture
during implantation in certain interbody spinal fusion procedures. For example, in December 2012, Zimmer Spine recalled its
PEEK Ardis® Interbody System Inserter, a surgical instrument used to implant a PEEK interbody spinal fusion device, because
it resulted in the PEEK implants being susceptible to breakage when too much lateral force was applied to the inserter during
implantation. Due to radiographic X-rays being the most common way for surgeons to assess fusion, and PEEK being invisible
on  X-rays,  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  clearly  assess  the  extent  to  which  fracture  rates  occur  with  PEEK  interbody  fusion
devices.

● Lacks Antibacterial Properties. PEEK does not have any inherent antibacterial properties. In fact, a biofilm may form around a
PEEK  device  after  implantation,  which  could  allow  for  the  colonization  of  bacteria,  leading  to  infection  and  costly  revision
surgeries.

Allograft Bone

We believe allograft bone was the second most frequently used biomaterial in interbody spinal fusion devices in the United States in 2015.
We believe allograft bone has the following limitations:

● Limited Promotion of Bone Growth. Allograft bone has limited osteoinductive characteristics and therefore may not effectively

promote bone growth in and around the interbody device.

● Inconsistent Quality. Generally, allograft bone is not as strong as live bone within the body or other materials used in interbody
devices. Because the cadaveric bone can be harvested from a wide variety of sources, this often leads to inconsistent patient
outcomes. Allograft bone is subject to inconsistent quality and size, which may require surgeons to make compromises on the
fit of the device during surgery. In addition, techniques used to sterilize allograft bone, like gamma irradiation, can cause  the
allograft to become brittle and more susceptible to fracture.

● Lacks Antibacterial Properties and Risk of Disease Transmission.  In  addition  to  not  having  inherent  antibacterial  properties,

allograft bone exposes patients to a greater risk of disease transmission and an adverse auto-immune response.

Metals

We believe metal interbody devices accounted for a fraction of the devices implanted in the United States in 2015. We believe metal-based
interbody fusion devices have the following limitations:

● Limited Promotion of Bone Growth. Metals have limited osteoinductive characteristics and therefore do not effectively promote

bone growth in and around the interbody device.

● Lack Antibacterial Properties.  Metals  do  not  have  inherent  antibacterial  properties  and  do  not  suppress  the  colonization  of

bacteria in and around the device, which can lead to infection and/or costly revision surgeries.

● Lack Imaging Compatibility. Metals are opaque in X-rays and can cause significant imaging artifacts in CTs and MRIs. This
can make it difficult for surgeons to detect the extent and quality of bone growth in and around the device in post-operative
diagnostic imaging procedures.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Hip and Knee Joint Replacement Market

Total  joint  replacement  involves  removing  the  diseased  or  damaged  joint  and  replacing  it  with  an  artificial  implant  consisting  of
components made from several different types of biomaterials. The key components of a total hip implant include an artificial femoral head,
consisting of a ball mounted on an artificial stem attached to the femur, and a liner, which is placed inside a cup affixed into the pelvic
bone. The femoral head and liner move against each other to replicate natural motion in what is known as an articulating implant. Total
knee replacement implants also use articulating components and are comprised of the following four main components: a femoral condyle,
which is a specially shaped bearing that is affixed to the lower end of the femur; a tibial tray that is affixed to the upper-end of the tibia; a
tibial insert that is rigidly fixed to the tibial tray and serves as the surface against which the femoral condyle articulates; and a patella, or
knee cap, which also articulates against the femoral condyle.

Implants for total hip and knee replacements are primarily differentiated by the biomaterials used in the components that articulate against
one another. The combinations of biomaterials most commonly used in hip and knee replacement implants in the United States are metal-
on-cross-linked  polyethylene  and  traditional  oxide  ceramic-on-cross-linked  polyethylene.  The  use  of  hip  replacement  implants
incorporating metal-on-metal and traditional oxide ceramic-on-traditional ceramic biomaterials experienced a steep decline in the United
States  over  the  last  several  years  due  to  their  significant  limitations.  We  believe  that  the  most  commonly  used  biomaterials  in  joint
replacement  implants  also  have  limitations,  and  do  not  possess  all  of  the  following  key  characteristics  required  for  optimal  total  joint
replacement implants:

● Resistance to Wear. The biomaterials should have sufficient hardness and toughness, as well as extremely smooth surfaces, to
effectively resist wear. Because the articulating implants move against each other, they are subject to friction, which frequently
leads to  abrasive  wear  and  the  release  of  small  wear  particles.  This  may  cause  an  inflammatory  response  which  results  in
osteolysis, or bone loss. Surgeons have identified osteolysis as a leading cause of joint implant failure, resulting in the need for
costly revision surgery to replace the failed implant. One of the most commonly used combinations of biomaterials, metal-on-
cross-linked polyethylene, as well as metal-on-metal implants, tends to generate a large number of metal wear particles, which
can cause osteolysis and a moderate to severe allergic reaction to the metal, referred to as metal sensitivity. While less common,
metal implants  may  also  cause  a  serious  medical  condition  called  metallosis,  which  involves  the  deposition  and  build-up  of
metal debris in the soft tissues of the body. Both metal sensitivity and metallosis can result in revision surgery. In addition,  we
believe  traditional  oxide  ceramics  currently  used  in  total  joint  replacements  accelerate  wear  of  the  cross-linked  polyethylene
liner as compared to our non-oxide ceramic composition found in our silicon nitride biomaterial platform.

● Non-Corrosive. The biomaterials should be non-corrosive and should not cause adverse patient reactions. Metal placed in the
human body corrodes over time and also results in the formation of metal ions, which leads to metal sensitivity in approximately
10% to  15%  of  the  population  and,  less  commonly,  metallosis. As  a  result,  there  are  significant  increased  risks  from  using
metal-on-cross-linked polyethylene and metal-on-metal implants.

● Hardness, Strength and Resistance to Fracture. The biomaterials should be hard, strong and resistant to fracture to adequately
bear the  significant  loads  placed  on  the  hip  and  knee  joints  during  daily  activities.  We  believe  there  are  strength  limitations
associated  with  traditional  oxide  ceramic-on-cross-linked  polyethylene  and  traditional  oxide  ceramic-on-traditional  oxide
ceramic implants.

● Antibacterial. The  biomaterials  should  have  antibacterial  properties  to  reduce  the  risk  of  bacteria  colonization,  infection,
revision surgeries and associated increased costs. None of the most commonly used biomaterials in joint replacement implants
have antibacterial properties.

Our Silicon Nitride Technology Platform

We believe we are the only FDA-cleared and ISO 13485 certified silicon nitride medical device manufacturing facility in the world, and the
only provider of ceramics-based medical devices used for spinal fusion applications.. Silicon nitride is a chemical compound comprised of
the  elements  silicon  and  nitrogen,  with  the  chemical  formula  Si3N4.  Silicon  nitride,  an  advanced  ceramic,  is  lightweight,  resistant  to
fracture and strong, and is used in many demanding mechanical, thermal and wear applications, such as in space shuttle bearings, jet engine
components and body armor.

We  believe  our  silicon  nitride  is  ideally  suited  for  use  in  many  medical  applications  and  has  the  following  characteristics  that  make  it
superior  to  other  biomaterials,  including  PEEK,  bone,  metal  and  traditional  oxide  ceramics,  which  do  not  possess  all  of  these
characteristics:

● Promotes Bone Growth. Our silicon nitride is osteoconductive through its inherent surface topography that provides scaffolding
for  new  bone  growth.  We  believe  our  silicon  nitride  promotes  an  ideal  environment  for  osteoinduction.  As  a  hydrophilic
material, silicon nitride attracts protein cells and nutrients that stimulate osteoprogenitor cells to differentiate into osteoblasts,
which  are  needed  for  optimal  bone  growth  environments.  Our  silicon  nitride  has  an  inherent  surface  chemistry  that  is  more
similar  to  bone  than  PEEK  and  metals.  These  properties  are  highlighted  in  an in vivo  study,  where  we  measured  the  force
required to separate devices from the spine after being implanted for three months, which indicates the level of osteointegration.
In the absence of bacteria, the force required to separate our silicon nitride from its surrounding bone was approximately three
times that of PEEK, and nearly two times that of titanium. In the presence of bacteria, the force required to separate our silicon
nitride from its surrounding bone was over five times that of titanium, while there was effectively no separation force required
for PEEK, indicating essentially no osteointegration.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Hard, Strong  and  Resistant  to  Fracture. Our  silicon  nitride  is  hard,  strong  and  possesses  superior  resistance  to  fracture  over
traditional  ceramics  and  greater  strength  than  polymers  currently  on  the  market.  For  example,  our  silicon  nitride’s flexural
strength is more than five times that of PEEK and our silicon nitride’s compressive strength is over twenty times that of PEEK.
Unlike PEEK interbody spinal fusion devices, we believe our silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion devices can withstand the
forces exerted during implantation and daily activities over the long term.

● Antibacterial. We  have  demonstrated  in  in vitro  and in vivo  studies  that  silicon  nitride  has  inherent  antibacterial  properties,
which reduce the risk of infection in and around a silicon nitride device. PEEK, traditional ceramics, metals and bone do not
have  inherent  antibacterial  characteristics.  These  properties  were  highlighted  in  an in  vitro  study  (Acta  Biomater. 2012
Dec;8(12):4447-54. doi: 10.1016/j.actbio.2012.07.038. Epub 2012 Jul 31.), where live bacteria counts were between 8 and 30
times  lower  on  our  silicon  nitride  than  PEEK  and  up  to  8  times  lower  on  our  silicon  nitride  than  titanium.  In  addition to
improving  patient  outcomes,  we  believe  the  antibacterial  properties  of  our  silicon  nitride  should  make  it  an  attractive
biomaterial  to  hospitals  and  surgeons  who  are  not  reimbursed  by  third-party  payors  for  the  treatment  of  hospital-acquired
infections. Additionally, silicon nitride is synthetic and, therefore, there is a lower risk of disease transmission through  cross-
contamination or of an adverse auto-immune response, sometimes associated with the use of allograft bone.

● Imaging Compatible.  Our  silicon  nitride  interbody  spinal  fusion  devices  are  semi-radiolucent,  clearly  visible  in  X-rays,  and
produce no  distortion  under  MRI  and  no  scattering  under  CT.  These  characteristics  enable  an  exact  view  of  the  device  for
precise  intra-operative placement  and  post-operative  bone  fusion  assessment  in  spinal  fusion  procedures.  These  qualities
provide surgeons with greater certainty of outcomes with our silicon nitride devices than with other biomaterials, such as PEEK
and metals.

● Resistant to Wear.  We  believe  our  silicon  nitride  joint  implant  product  candidates  could  have  higher  resistance  to  wear  than
metal-on-cross-linked polyethylene  and  traditional  oxide  ceramic-on-cross-linked  polyethylene  joint  implants,  the  two  most
commonly  used  total  hip replacement  implants.  Wear  debris  associated  with  metal  implants  increases  the  risk  of  metal
sensitivity and metallosis. It is a primary reason for early failures of metal and polymer articulating joint components.

● Non-Corrosive. Our silicon nitride does not have the drawbacks associated with the corrosive nature of metal within the body,
including metal sensitivity and metallosis, nor does it result in the release of metal ions into the body. As a result, we believe
our silicon nitride products will have lower revision rates and fewer complications than comparable metal and traditional oxide
ceramic products.

Our Forms of Silicon Nitride

The  chemical  composition  of  our  in-house  formulation  of  silicon  nitride  and  our  processing  and  manufacturing  experience  allow  us  to
produce silicon nitride in four distinct forms. This capability provides us with the ability to utilize our silicon nitride biomaterial in a variety
of  ways  depending  on  the  intended  application,  which,  together  with  our  silicon  nitride’s  key  characteristics,  distinguishes  us  from
manufacturers of products using other biomaterials.

We currently produce silicon nitride for use in our commercial products and product candidates in the following forms:

● Solid Silicon Nitride. This form of silicon nitride is a fully dense, load-bearing solid used for devices that require high strength,
toughness, fracture resistance and low wear, including interbody spinal fusion devices, hip and knee replacement implants, and
dental implants.

● Porous Silicon Nitride. While this form of silicon nitride has a chemical composition that is identical to that of our monolithic
silicon nitride, this formulation has a porous structure, which is engineered to mimic cancellous bone, the spongy bone tissue
that  typically  makes  up  the  interior  of  human  bones.  Our  porous  silicon  nitride  has  interconnected  pores  ranging  in  size
between about 90 and 600 microns, which is similar to that of cancellous bone. This form of silicon nitride can be used for the
promotion of bone in-growth and attachment. We believe our porous silicon nitride can act as a substitute for the orthobiologics
currently used to fill interbody devices in an effort to stimulate fusion, as a bone void filler, and as a porous scaffold for medical
devices.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Composite Silicon  Nitride. This  form  of  silicon  nitride  is  a  combination,  or  composite,  of  our  monolithic  and  porous
formulations of silicon nitride. This composite may be used to manufacture devices and implants that mimic the structure of
natural bone by incorporating both a fully dense, load-bearing solid component on the outside and a porous component intended
to promote bone in-growth on the inside. This composite form of silicon nitride is used in interbody spinal fusion devices and
can be used in components for total hip and knee replacement implants.

● Silicon Nitride Coating. With a similar chemical composition as our other forms of silicon nitride, this form of silicon nitride
can be applied as an adherent coating to metallic substrates, including cobalt-chromium, titanium and steel alloys. We believe
applying an extremely thin layer of silicon nitride as a coating may provide a highly wear-resistant articulation surface, such as
on femoral heads, which may reduce problems associated with metal or polymer wear debris. We also believe that the  silicon
nitride coating can be applied to devices that require firm fixation and functional connections between the device or implant and
the surrounding tissue, such as hip stems and screws. The use of silicon nitride coating may also create an antibacterial barrier
between the device and the adjacent bone or tissue.

We believe we can use our silicon nitride technology platform to become a leading biomaterial company and have the following principal
competitive strengths:

Our Competitive Strengths

● Sole Provider of Silicon Nitride Medical Devices. We believe we are the only company that designs, develops, manufactures
and sells medical grade silicon nitride-based products. Due to its key characteristics, we believe our silicon nitride enables us to
offer new and transformative products across multiple medical specialties. In addition, with the FDA clearance of our  silicon
nitride Valeo products, we are the only company to develop and manufacture a ceramic for use in FDA cleared spinal  fusion
medical devices in the United States.

● In-House Manufacturing  Capabilities. We  operate  a  30,000  square  foot  manufacturing  facility  located  at  our  corporate
headquarters in  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.  This  operation  complies  with  the  FDA’s  quality  system  regulation,  or  QSR,  and  is
certified under the International Organization for Standardization’s, or ISO, standard 13485 for medical devices. This facility
allows us to rapidly design and produce silicon nitride products, while controlling the entire manufacturing process from raw
material  to  finished  goods.  We  have  also  entered  to  a  manufacturing,  development  and  supply  agreement  with  Kyocera
Industrial Ceramics  Corporation,  or  Kyocera,  under  which  Kyocera  has  become  a  qualified  secondary  manufacturer  of  our
silicon nitride-based spinal fusion products and product candidates.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● Established Commercial  Infrastructure. We  market  and  sell  our  products  to  surgeons  and  hospitals  in  the  United  States  and
select  markets in Europe and South America through our established network of more than 50 independent sales distributors
who are managed by our experienced in-house sales and marketing management team. Our control over the sales and marketing
processes  also  allows us  greater  flexibility  to  selectively  collaborate  with  distributors  when  we  believe  their  experience  or
geographic reach can be beneficial to us.

● Portfolio of  Non-Silicon  Nitride  Products. In  addition  to  designing,  developing,  manufacturing  and  commercializing  silicon
nitride interbody spinal fusion devices, we sell a complementary line of non-silicon nitride spinal fixation products. We offer a
full  suite  of  spinal  fusion  solutions,  which  increases  our  access  to  surgeons  and  hospitals,  and  allows  us  to  more  effectively
market our silicon nitride spinal fusion products to our customers. Product revenue from the sale of these non-silicon nitride
products also supports further development of our silicon nitride products and product candidates.

● Highly Experienced Management and Surgeon Advisory Team. Members of our management team have experience in product
development, launching of new products into the orthopedics market and selling to hospitals through direct sales organizations,
distributors, manufacturers and other orthopedic companies. We also collaborate with a network of leading surgeon advisors in
the design, development and use of our silicon nitride products and product candidates.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biomaterial company focused on using our silicon nitride technology platform to develop, manufacture and
commercialize a broad range of medical devices. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are the following:

● Drive Further  Adoption  of  our  Silicon  Nitride  Interbody  Spinal  Fusion  Devices. We believe that increasing the awareness of
our silicon nitride technology by educating surgeons about its key benefits, and the design improvements to our silicon nitride
products and related instruments will accelerate the adoption of our products and ultimately help improve patient outcomes. To
drive further awareness of our products and the associated benefits offered by our silicon nitride technology, we will continue to
educate surgeons through multiple channels, including industry conferences and meetings, media outlets and through our sales
and marketing efforts.

● Continue Establishing and Cultivating OEM and Private Label Partnerships. Because we believe silicon nitride is a superior
platform and technology for application in the spine, total joint, dental, and extremities markets, we have established, and will
seek to establish, additional partnerships with other medical device companies to replace their inferior materials and products
with  products  manufactured  from  silicon  nitride.  For  example,  under  an  OEM  arrangement,  we  would  manufacture  the
company’s spinal fusion implant designs with silicon nitride and leverage their existing instrumentation, allowing the company
to convert their existing line of spinal fusion devices with limited capital expenditures. Additionally, a private label arrangement
would allow our partners to sell Amedica’s Valeo line of silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion devises under their  own brand
name. The private label agreements typically provide a quicker pathway to revenue as compared to the OEM arrangements.

● Enhance our Commercial Infrastructure. We expect to increase the productivity of our sales and marketing team by continuing
t o engage  experienced  independent  sales  distributors  with  strong  orthopedic  surgeon  relationships.  For  example,  we  have
entered into  a  European  sales  agent  agreement  with  K2M,  Inc.  as  well  as  a  sales  agent  agreement  with  a  Brazilian  medical
device  distributor to  distribute  our  Valeo  line  of  silicon  nitride  interbody  implants.  We  may  also  establish  distribution
collaborations in the United States and abroad when access to large or well-established sales and marketing organizations may
help  us  gain  access to  new  markets,  increase  sales  in  our  existing  markets,  or  accelerate  market  penetration  for  selected
products.

● Develop Silicon  Nitride  for  Total  Joint  Components.  We  are  incorporating  our  silicon  nitride  technology  into  silicon  nitride-
coated metal components and solid silicon nitride components for use in total hip and knee replacement product candidates that
w e plan  to  develop  in  collaboration  with  a  strategic  partner.  We  are  also  working  with  the  FDA  to  define  the  regulatory
pathway required for development and commercialization of these components.

● Apply our  Silicon  Nitride  Technology  Platform  to  Other  OEM  Opportunities. Our  silicon  nitride  technology  platform  is
adaptable and we believe it may be used to develop products to address other significant opportunities, such as in the dental,
extremities, sports  medicine,  cardiovascular  and  trauma  markets.  We  have  manufactured  prototypes  of  dental  implants,
extremities,  sports medicine  and  trauma  products,  and  have  developed  a  process  to  coat  metals  with  our  silicon  nitride  to
enhance current medical devices and instruments. We plan to collaborate with other companies to develop and commercialize
future products in these areas.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Spinal Fusion Products and Product Candidates

Our Valeo Silicon Nitride Products and Product Candidates

Our  first  generation  Valeo  silicon  nitride  spinal  fusion  device  received  510(k)  regulatory  clearance  and  a  CE  mark  in  2008.  Based  on
surgeon feedback for our first generation spinal fusion devices, we developed a second generation of Valeo products. In 2012, we received
510(k) clearance to market this second generation family of Valeo interbody spinal fusion devices which we launched with a select number
of  surgeons  in  2013.  Our  second  generation  Valeo  interbody  spinal  fusion  devices  offer  distinct  improvements  over  the  first  generation.
The  instrumentation  of  the  second  generation  devices  allow  for  better  control  of  the  device  during  implantation.  The  device  allows  for
improved stability and potentially improved fusion after implantation and is offered in a broad selection of sizes. We completed the full
launch  of  our  second  generation AL,  PL,  OL  and  TL  Valeo  interbody  spinal  fusion  devices  in  the  United  States  in  2014,  our  second
generation LL Valeo interbody spinal fusion devices in August 2015 and our second generation C Valeo interbody spinal fusion devices in
February 2016.

Our current products are:

Valeo Interbody Fusion Devices
AL: Anterior Lumbar
PL: Posterior Lumbar
OL: Oblique Lumbar
TL: Transforaminal Lumbar
LL: Lateral Lumbar
C: Cervical
CORP: Corpectomy

Generation

  1st and 2nd
  1st and 2nd
  1st and 2nd
  1st and 2nd
  2nd
  1st and 2nd
  1st

In 2009, we received a CE Mark to commercialize the Valeo interbody spinal fusion devices made from our composite silicon nitride. The
porous silicon nitride center of these devices is designed to facilitate bone growth into the device, which we believe will allow surgeons to
reduce  or  eliminate  the  use  of  allograft  bone  and  other  osteoconductive  biomaterials.  We  are  currently  marketing  these  devices  in  the
Netherlands,  Spain  and  Germany. Additionally,  we  conducted  a  prospective  clinical  trial  in  Europe,  named  CASCADE,  comparing  our
Valeo  composite  silicon  nitride  interbody  devices  to  PEEK  interbody  devices  filled  with  autograft  bone  to  obtain  additional  safety  and
efficacy data to support a 510(k) clearance in the United States. The CASCADE study enrolled 104 patients in a prospective clinical trial
that  independently  scored  fusion  rates  and  clinical  outcomes  at  12  and  24  months  follow-up.  Neck  Disability  Index  scores  decreased
similarly  in  both  patient  groups,  consistent  with  clinical  improvements  reported  in  the  literature.  Importantly,  the  incidence  of  cervical
spine fusion was statistically identical between study groups, and consistent with figures reported in other studies. In February 2016, we
received questions from the FDA regarding our 24-month clinical study follow up within the 510(k) submission and we are currently in the
process of formulating responses to the FDA’s questions.

Our Non-Silicon Nitride Spinal Fixation Products

Valeo Composite (Monolithic + Porous Silicon Nitride)

We  sell  a  line  of  complementary  non-silicon  nitride  spinal  fixation  products  to  provide  surgeons  and  hospitals  with  a  broader  range  of
products.  Product  revenue  from  the  sale  of  our  non-silicon  nitride  spinal  fixation  products  further  supports  development  of  our  silicon
nitride products and product candidates. We plan to enhance our existing pedicle screw system to offer a more competitive product to new
and existing users of our silicon nitride fusion products.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Total Hip and Knee Joint Replacement Product Candidates

Our Total Hip Implant Product Candidates

We  have  developed  a  femoral  head  that  is  made  from  our  solid  silicon  nitride,  which  could  be  used  for  total  hip  replacement  product
candidates. This femoral head is expected to articulate against a cross-linked polyethylene liner fixed into a metal acetabular cup. Together
with  a  strategic  partner,  we  have  initiated  biomechanical  testing  of  our  solid  silicon  nitride  femoral  heads.  This  testing  is  expected  to
continue through 2016. If the tests indicate that silicon nitride femoral heads are superior in terms of wear performance, taper corrosion,
strength  and in vitro  hydrothermal  stability,  we  eventually  intend  to  commercialize  this  product  in  cooperation  with  a  strategic  partner.
However, clearance of these types of devices by the FDA will be required. Currently, the FDA has indicated that a limited one to two year
clinical trial may be necessary to obtain clearance. If clearance is eventually obtained, we intend to commercially launch products for use in
total hip replacement in 2018 or 2019.

Our Total Knee Implant Product Candidates

We have developed a femoral condyle design made from our solid silicon nitride. The femoral condyle component will attach to the lower
end of the femur. The femoral condyle is expected to articulate against a cross-linked polyethylene tibial insert that will attach to the tibial
tray  at  the  upper  end  of  the  tibia,  which  we  expect  will  be  made  from  metal.  We  have  successfully  made  prototypes  of  this  design.
Following  the  potential  clearance  of  the  femoral  head  components  (discussed  above),  we  intend  to  initiate  biomechanical  testing  with  a
strategic partner for silicon nitride components for use in knee replacement procedures to support a 510(k) submission to the FDA. If this
clearance is eventually obtained, we intend to commercialize our products for use in total knee replacement surgeries post-FDA clearance.

Other Product Opportunities

Our  silicon  nitride  technology  platform  is  adaptable  and  we  believe  it  may  be  used  to  develop  products  to  address  other  significant
opportunities, such as in the dental, extremities, sports medicine and trauma markets.

We  have  entered  into  a  joint  development  agreement  with  Worthington  to  provide  access  to  our  silicon  nitride  technology  platform  to
develop,  prototype  and  manufacture  the  patented  Worthington  dental  implant  system.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  we  are
assisting Worthington in the development and commercialization of the Worthington dental implant system and devices.

We also believe our coating technology may be used to enhance our marketed metal products as well as other commercially available metal
spinal fusion and joint replacement products. We have produced feasibility prototypes of dental implants, other components for use in total
hip  implants  in  addition  to  our  total  hip  and  knee  implant  product  candidates  discussed  above,  a  suture  anchor  for  sports  medicine
applications,  an  osteotomy  wedge  for  extremities  applications,  and  prototypes  of  silicon  nitride-coated  plates  for  potential  trauma
applications. We have also developed a process to apply our silicon nitride as a coating on other biomaterials.

The FDA has not evaluated any of these potential products and we are not currently advancing the development of any of these product
candidates.  We  plan  to  collaborate  with  medical  device  companies  to  complete  the  development  of  and  commercialize  any  product
candidates we advance in these areas or develop any one of them ourselves if sufficient resources should become available.

Supporting Data

We and a number of independent third parties have conducted extensive biocompatibility, biomechanical,  in vivo and in vitro testing on our
silicon nitride composition to establish its safety and efficacy in support of regulatory clearance of our biomaterial, products and product
candidates.  We  have  also  completed  additional  testing  of  our  silicon  nitride  products  and  product  candidates.  The  results  of  this  testing
have been published in peer reviewed publications. We believe our product development strategy is consistent with the manner in which
other biomaterials have been successfully introduced into the market and adopted as the standard of care. Listed below is an overview of
some of the key testing completed on our silicon nitride biomaterial, products and product candidates to date, as well as other information
about our silicon nitride and other biomaterials.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Biocompatibility

Before our silicon nitride was cleared by the FDA in 2008, we conducted a series of biocompatibility tests following the guidelines of the
FDA and ISO and submitted the results to the FDA as part of the regulatory clearance process. These tests confirmed that our silicon nitride
products meet required biocompatibility standards for human use.

Promotion of Bone Growth

In  2012,  we  conducted  two  separate  studies  at  Brown  University,  the  results  of  which  suggest  that  the  chemistry  and  inherent  surface
topography of our solid silicon nitride provides an optimal environment for bone growth onto and around the device.

The first study was a series of in vitro analyses of protein adsorption, or presence on the surface of the biomaterial, onto silicon nitride,
PEEK  and  titanium.  The  results  of  this  study  indicated  that  adsorption  of  two  key  proteins  necessary  for  bone  growth  (fibronectin  and
vitronectin)  were  up  to  eight  times  greater  on  our  silicon  nitride  than  on  PEEK,  and  up  to  four  times  greater  than  on  titanium. A  third
important protein (laminin) had up to two times greater adsorption on our silicon nitride than on PEEK, and up to two-and-one-half times
greater adsorption than on titanium.

The second study was an in vivo investigation of the osteointegration characteristics of these same three biomaterials after they had been
surgically  implanted  into  the  skulls  of  laboratory  rats.  This  study  included  an  examination  of  the  effect  of  Staphylococcus  epidermidis
bacteria on osteointegration. At time intervals of up to three months after implantation of the biomaterial, the amount of new bone growth
within the surgical site and in direct contact with the implanted biomaterial was evaluated. In the absence of bacteria, new bone formation
within  the  surgical  site  surrounding  our  silicon  nitride  was  approximately  69%,  compared  with  36%  and  24%  for  titanium  and  PEEK,
respectively.  Similarly,  bone  in  direct  contact,  or  apposition,  with  our  silicon  nitride,  titanium  and  PEEK  was  59%,  19%  and  8%,
respectively. As is common, in the presence of bacteria, new bone formation within the surgical site was suppressed, but still significantly
greater  for  our  silicon  nitride  than  for  the  other  two  biomaterials.  Observed  new  bone  growth  within  the  surgical  site  surrounding  our
silicon nitride was 41%, compared with 26% and 21% for titanium and PEEK, respectively. At the implant interface, the bone apposition
for our silicon nitride, titanium and PEEK was 23%, 9% and 5%, respectively. To further characterize the extent of osteointegration, the
force  needed  to  separate  each  implant  from  its  surrounding  bone  was  measured.  A  larger  force  needed  to  separate  the  implant  is  an
indication of improved osteointegration. At three months after implantation, in the absence of bacteria, the force required to separate our
silicon nitride from its surrounding bone was approximately three times that of PEEK, and nearly two times that of titanium. In the presence
of  bacteria,  there  was  effectively  no  separation  force  required  for  PEEK,  indicating  essentially  no  osteointegration.  Our  silicon  nitride
required over five times the force to separate it from its surrounding bone in the presence of bacteria in comparison to titanium.

In 2008, we conducted an animal study in which we evaluated the level of osteointegration of our porous silicon nitride with a knee-defect
model in adult sheep. At three months after implantation, three out of five of the silicon nitride implants had extensive new bone formation
at and into the implant surface, showing that the bone had grown into our porous silicon nitride to a depth of 3 millimeters, or mm. This
animal study demonstrated the rapid osteointegration potential of our porous silicon nitride composition.

Hardness, Strength and Resistance to Fracture

Comparative Information

As shown in the table of comparative information publicly available about various biomaterials below:

● 

the hardness, or a material’s resistance to deformity, of silicon nitride is comparable to traditional ceramics, but is  substantially
higher than either polymers or metals;

● the strength  of  silicon  nitride  is  comparable  or  higher  than  metals  and  traditional  ceramics,  and  is  about  sixteen  to  fifty-five

times stronger than highly-cross-linked polyethylene, and four to eight times stronger than PEEK; and

● silicon nitride has the highest fracture resistance of any medical ceramic material and is three to eleven times more resistant to
fracture than PEEK or highly-cross-linked polyethylene. This is due to the interwoven microstructure of silicon nitride. Metals
have the highest fracture resistance.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comparison of Mechanical Properties Among Orthopedic Biomaterials

Material
Silicon Nitride
Aluminum Oxide Ceramic
Zirconia-Toughened Alumina Ceramic
PEEK
Highly-Cross-Linked Polyethylene Polymer
Cobalt-Chromium Metal
Titanium Alloy Metal

Hardness
(GPa)(1)
13 – 16
14 – 19
12 – 19
0.09 – 0.28
0.03 – 0.07
3 – 4
3 – 4

Strength
(MPa)(1)
800 – 1200
300 – 500
700 – 1150
160 – 180
22 – 48
700 – 1000
920 – 980

Fracture
Resistance
(MPam1/2)(1)
8 – 11
3 – 5
5 – 10
2 – 3
1 – 2
50 – 100
75

(1) GPa is a giga-pascal. Pascals are a measure of pressure. MPam1/2 is mega-pascal times a square root meter and is a measure related to

the energy required to initiate fracture of a material.

We believe that the combination of high hardness, strength and fracture resistance positions our silicon nitride as an ideal biomaterial for
many medical applications.

Burst Strength

In 2006, we conducted in-house comparative “burst strength” tests on femoral heads made from our silicon nitride produced by a contract
manufacturer to our specifications and femoral heads made from one of the strongest commercially available ceramics, BIOLOX®  delta
(zirconia-toughened alumina). These tests were performed on three designs of 28 mm femoral heads using accepted testing protocols. The
tests involved applying a load to each femoral head while mounted on a cobalt-chromium simulated hip implant stem, until the head burst.
This enabled us to directly compare the strength of the femoral heads made of the two biomaterials. The results also provided an indication
of each biomaterial’s resistance to fracture. The results of these tests are shown in the chart below.

The average burst test strength for the silicon nitride femoral heads in these tests was 75 kilonewtons, or kNs, compared with 65 kN for
BIOLOX® delta, or about a 15% improvement. The burst strengths observed in our tests for BIOLOX® delta femoral heads are comparable
to  those  observed  by  an  independent  party  testing  the  same  design  BIOLOX®  delta  femoral  heads  as  we  did.  We  also  conducted  burst
strength tests of 36 mm femoral heads made from our silicon nitride which showed those femoral heads had burst strengths that averaged
164 kN.

Resistance to Wear

In 2011, we commissioned an independent laboratory to conduct a wear study using our silicon nitride femoral heads. We tested our 28 mm
silicon  nitride  femoral  heads  articulated  against  cross-linked  polyethylene  acetabular  liners  and  our  40  mm  silicon  nitride  femoral  heads
articulated  against  cross-linked  polyethylene  acetabular  liners  using  well-established  protocols  in  a  hip  simulator  for  their  wear
performance  over  5  million  cycles.  We  then  compared  the  results  for  our  silicon  nitride  product  candidates  to  the  results  for  the  cobalt
chrome femoral head and publicly available data from other commonly paired products. The results and comparison showed that:

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● our silicon  nitride-on-cross-linked  polyethylene  had  approximately  half  the  wear  rate  of  that  publicly  reported  for  cobalt

chrome-on-cross-linked polyethylene articulating hip components; and

● our silicon nitride-on-cross-linked polyethylene had comparable wear to that publicly reported for traditional oxide ceramic-on-

cross-linked polyethylene articulating hip components.

Antibacterial Properties

The  results  of  the  two  studies  at  Brown  University  in  2012,  demonstrate  that  our  solid  silicon  nitride  has  antibacterial  properties.  The
objective of the in vitro study was to determine how our silicon nitride, PEEK and titanium interact with bacteria, protein and bone cells
without the use of antibiotics and compared the growth of five different types of bacteria on silicon nitride, PEEK and titanium over time.
Live bacteria counts were between 8 to 30 times lower on silicon nitride than PEEK and up to 8 times lower on silicon nitride than titanium.

In  the in vivo  study,  bacteria  were  applied  to  the  biomaterials  before  implantation.  Three  months  after  implantation,  no  infection  was
observed  with  silicon  nitride,  whereas  both  PEEK  and  titanium  showed  infection.  The  data  demonstrate  that  our  silicon  nitride  inhibits
biofilm formation and bacterial colonization around the biomaterial.

Imaging Compatibility

In 2007, we conducted a study to compare the imaging characteristics of test blanks made of PEEK, the metals titanium and tantalum, and
silicon nitride using a cadaver human vertebral body. Images of the vertebral body and the blanks were obtained using X-ray, CT and MRI
under identical conditions. We assessed the radiolucent characteristics of the blanks in X-ray images quantitatively, assessed the presence
of scatter in CT qualitatively and assessed distortion in MRI quantitatively. In X-ray, the metal blanks did not permit visualization of the
underlying bone of the vertebral body, while PEEK was transparent, rendering its location difficult to determine. The silicon nitride blank
had an intermediate radiolucency that rendered it visible and allowed a visual assessment of the underlying bone of the vertebral body. CT
and MRI of the metal blanks indicated the presence of distortion while silicon nitride and PEEK exhibited no scattering.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products to surgeons and hospitals through our established network of more than 50 independent sales distributors
who are managed by our experienced in-house sales and marketing management team. Our sales efforts to-date have been in the United
States and select markets in Europe and South America. To supplement our independent sales distributors, in select international markets,
such as Europe, China, Japan, Australia, Latin America and Canada, we may also seek to establish collaborations with leading orthopedic
companies  where  we  believe  that  a  large,  well-established  partner  may  provide  better  access  to  those  markets.  For  example,  we  have
entered  into  a  European  sales  agent  agreement  with  K2M,  Inc.  as  well  as  a  distribution  agreement  with  a  Brazilian  medical  device
distributor for distribution of our Valeo line of products in Brazil. In addition, we may establish collaborations in the United States under
circumstances  where  access  to  a  larger  sales  and  marketing  organization  may  help  to  expand  the  market  or  accelerate  penetration  for
selected products.

In  addition  to  leveraging  the  strong  existing  surgeon  relationships  of  our  distribution  network,  we  market  our  products  through  a
combination  of  initiatives  that  are  designed  to  establish  and  increase  awareness  of  our  silicon  nitride  products  and  their  benefits  over
alternative  products.  We  attend  and  make  presentations  at  major  industry  events,  including  society  meetings,  to  educate  surgeons  and
distributors about our products and product candidates. We advertise in trade journals and publications, and offer unique pricing strategies,
including  product  bundling  and  incentivizing  our  distribution  network  to  create  and  maintain  long-term  relationships  with  surgeons  and
hospitals. We also use surgeon advisors to assist in product development and to help implement awareness campaigns aimed at educating
surgeons about our products. As part of these campaigns, we provide educational materials for hospitals and surgeons. We also conduct
regional  training  seminars  where  our  product  managers,  trainers,  engineers,  sales  and  marketing  staff  members  work  together  with  our
surgeon advisors to educate surgeons and our distribution network in the use of our products.

Original Equipment Manufacturing and Private Label

In addition to the markets into which we directly sell our products, we are utilizing our silicon nitride technology platform to expand our
current penetration in the spinal fusion market through original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) and private label partnerships. To that
effect, we have entered into both a private label agreement and an OEM agreement with Spinal Kinetics, a privately-held medical device
company  focused  on  developing  innovative  and  practical  motion  preservation  systems  for  treating  degenerative  diseases  of  the  spine.
Pursuant  to  the  private  label  agreement,  Spinal  Kinetics  sells  our  Valeo  line  of  products  under  their  own  label.  Pursuant  to  the  OEM
agreement, we will be working together with Spinal Kinetics to develop their proprietary spinal implants to be manufactured with silicon
nitride. We have also entered into private label agreements with BoTEC Medical, a Chinese orthopedic company, as well with another US
regional  medical  device  company  providing  for  the  distribution  of  our  Valeo  line  of  silicon  nitride  interbody  fusion  devises  under  their
respective proprietary brand names. We expect to continue entering into similar arrangements with other spine companies. We also expect
to  do  the  same  in  other  markets  such  as  total  hip  and  knee  joint  replacements,  dental,  extremities,  and  sports  medicine.  We  believe  our
biomaterial  expertise,  strong  intellectual  property  and  formulaic  manufacturing  process  will  allow  us  to  transition  currently  available
medical device products made of inferior biomaterials and manufacture them using silicon nitride and our technology platform to improve
their characteristics.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Silicon Nitride Manufacturing

Manufacturing

To  control  the  quality,  cost  and  availability  of  our  silicon  nitride  products  and  product  candidates,  we  operate  our  own  manufacturing
facility. Our 54,000 square foot corporate building includes a 30,000 square foot ISO 13485 certified medical device manufacturing space.
It is equipped with state-of-the-art powder processing, spray drying, pressing and computerized machining equipment, sintering furnaces,
and  other  testing  equipment  that  enables  us  to  control  the  entire  manufacturing  process  for  our  silicon  nitride  products  and  product
candidates. To our knowledge, we are the only vertically integrated silicon nitride orthopedic medical device manufacturer in the world. All
operations with the exceptions of raw material production, cleaning, packaging and sterilization are performed in-house. We purchase raw
materials, consisting of silicon nitride ceramic powder and dopant chemical compounds, from several vendors which are ISO registered and
approved by us. These raw materials are characterized and tested in our facility in accordance with our specifications and then blended to
formulate our silicon nitride. We believe that there are multiple vendors that can supply us these raw materials and we continually monitor
the quality and pricing offered by our vendors to ensure high quality and cost-effective supply of these materials.

In June 2014, we also entered to a manufacturing, development and supply agreement with Kyocera Industrial Ceramics Corporation, or
Kyocera,  under  which  Kyocera  has  become  a  qualified  secondary  manufacturer  of  our  silicon  nitride-based  spinal  fusion  products  and
product candidates.

Non-Silicon Nitride and Instruments Manufacturing

We obtain our non-silicon nitride spinal fixation products and instruments from third-party manufacturers. We also plan to rely on third-
party manufacturers for the supply of the metal components of our silicon nitride hip and knee joint replacement product candidates. We
only use manufacturers that operate under QSR and are ISO 13485 certified. Our in-house quality control group examines subcontracted
components to ensure that they meet our required specifications. We believe that the use of third-party sources for non-silicon nitride spinal
fixation products and instruments will reduce our capital investment requirements and allow us to strategically focus our resources on the
manufacture of our silicon nitride products and product candidates.

Intellectual Property

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  patents,  trademarks,  trade  secrets  and  other  forms  of  intellectual  property,  nondisclosure  agreements,
proprietary information ownership agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual property rights. We believe that in order to
have a competitive advantage, we must continue to develop and maintain the proprietary aspects of our technologies.

As of February 1, 2016, we had 48 issued U.S. patents, 18 pending U.S. patent applications, 11 granted foreign patents and 12 pending
foreign patent applications. Our first issued patents begin to expire in 2016, with the last of these patents expiring in 2032. The first core
patents do not expire until 2022; these include US 6,881,229 and US 6,790,233.

We  have  seven  U.S  patents,  one  European  patent,  and  related  pending  applications,  directed  to  articulating  implants  using  our  high-
strength, high toughness doped silicon nitride solid ceramic. The issued patents, which include US 6,881,229; US 7,666,229; US 8,123,812;
US 7,780,738; US 7,695,521; US 7,776,085; US 8,133,284; and EP 1408874, begin to expire in 2022. We also have two U.S. patents, two
European patents, and related pending applications, related to our CSC technology that are directed to implants that have both a dense load-
bearing,  or  cortical,  component  and  a  porous,  or  cancellous,  component,  together  with  a  surface  coating.  These  issued  patents,  which
include US 6,790,233; US 6,846,327; EP 1389978; and EP 2055267, begin to expire in 2022.

We  also  have  three  U.S.  patents  that  we  acquired  in  July  2012  from  Dytech  Corporation  Ltd.,  or  Dytech,  directed  to  manufacturing
processes for the production of porous ceramics for use in our orthopedic implants. These patents include US 5,563,106 and US 5,705,448,
which have now expired; these patents also include US 6,617,270, which expires in 2019. Under our acquisition agreement with Dytech,
Dytech granted to us a perpetual, irrevocable and exclusive license, including the right to grant sublicenses, to certain improvements and
know-how related to the acquired patents. In return, we are required to pay Dytech a low single-digit royalty on net sales of products sold
by us, our affiliates, or our licensees that are covered by one or more valid claims of these patents, and a percentage of any non-royalty
licensing income we may receive in the event we grant a license to others.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our remaining issued patents and pending applications are directed to additional aspects of our products and technologies including, among
other things:

● designs for pedicle screws;

● designs for intervertebral fusion devices;

● designs for hip implants; and

● designs for knee implants.

We  also  expect  to  rely  on  trade  secrets,  know-how,  continuing  technological  innovation  and  in-licensing  opportunities  to  develop  and
maintain  our  intellectual  property  position.  However,  trade  secrets  are  difficult  to  protect.  We  seek  to  protect  the  trade  secrets  in  our
proprietary  technology  and  processes,  in  part,  by  entering  into  confidentiality  agreements  with  commercial  partners,  collaborators,
employees, consultants, scientific advisors and other contractors and into invention assignment agreements with our employees and some of
our  commercial  partners  and  consultants.  These  agreements  are  designed  to  protect  our  proprietary  information  and,  in  the  case  of  the
invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of the technologies that are developed.

Competition

The main alternatives to our silicon nitride biomaterial include: PEEK, which is predominantly manufactured by Invibio; BIOLOX®  delta,
which is a traditional oxide ceramic manufactured by CeramTec; allograft bone; metals; and coated metals.

We believe our main competitors in the orthopedic implant market, which utilize a variety of competitive biomaterials, include: Medtronic,
Inc.;  DePuy  Synthes  Companies,  a  group  of  Johnson  &  Johnson  companies;  Stryker  Corporation;  Biomet,  Inc.;  Zimmer  Holdings,  Inc.;
Smith & Nephew plc; and Aesculap Inc. Presently, these companies buy ceramic components on an OEM basis from manufacturers such as
CeramTec,  Kyocera  and  CoorTek,  Inc.,  among  others.  We  anticipate  that  these  and  other  orthopedic  companies  and  OEMs  will  seek  to
introduce new biomaterials and products that compete with ours.

Competition within the industry is primarily based on technology, innovation, product quality, and product awareness and acceptance by
surgeons. Our principal competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources, as well as significantly greater
manufacturing capabilities than we do, and they may succeed in developing products that render our implants and product candidates non-
competitive. Our ability to compete successfully will depend upon our ability to develop innovative products with advanced performance
features based on our silicon nitride technologies.

Government Regulation of Medical Devices

Governmental authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local levels, and other countries extensively regulate, among other
things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of
products such as those we are commercializing and developing. Failure to obtain approval or clearance to market our products and products
under  development  and  to  meet  the  ongoing  requirements  of  these  regulatory  authorities  could  prevent  us  from  continuing  to  market  or
develop our products and product candidates.

United States

Pre-Marketing Regulation

In  the  United  States,  medical  devices  are  regulated  by  the  FDA.  Unless  an  exemption  applies,  a  new  medical  device  will  require  either
prior  510(k)  clearance  or  approval  of  a  premarket  approval  application,  or  PMA,  before  it  can  be  marketed  in  the  United  States.  The
information that must be submitted to the FDA in order to obtain clearance or approval to market a new medical device varies depending on
how  the  medical  device  is  classified  by  the  FDA.  Medical  devices  are  classified  into  one  of  three  classes  on  the  basis  of  the  controls
deemed  by  the  FDA  to  be  necessary  to  reasonably  ensure  their  safety  and  effectiveness.  Class  I  devices,  which  are  those  that  have  the
lowest level or risk associated with them, are subject to general controls, including labeling, premarket notification and adherence to the
QSR. Class II devices are subject to general controls and special controls, including performance standards. Class III devices, which have
the  highest  level  of  risk  associated  with  them,  are  subject  to  most  of  the  previously  identified  requirements  as  well  as  to  premarket
approval. Most Class I devices and some Class II devices are exempt from the 510(k) requirement, although manufacturers of these devices
are still subject to registration, listing, labeling and QSR requirements.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A 510(k) premarket notification must demonstrate that the device in question is substantially equivalent to another legally marketed device,
or predicate device, that did not require premarket approval. In evaluating the 510(k), the FDA will determine whether the device has the
same intended use as the predicate device, and (a) has the same technological characteristics as the predicate device, or (b) has different
technological characteristics, and (i) the data supporting the substantial equivalence contains information, including appropriate clinical or
scientific data, if deemed necessary by the FDA, that demonstrates that the device is as safe and as effective as a legally marketed device,
and (ii) does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness than the predicate device. Most 510(k)s do not require clinical data for
clearance, but the FDA may request such data. The FDA’s goal is to review and act on each 510(k) within 90 days of submission, but it
may take longer based on requests for additional information. In addition, requests for additional data, including clinical data, will increase
the time necessary to review the notice. If the FDA does not agree that the new device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device,
the new device will be classified in Class III, and the manufacturer must submit a PMA. Since July 2012, however, with the enactment of
the  Food  and  Drug Administration  Safety  and  Innovation Act,  or  FDASIA,  a  de  novo  pathway  is  directly  available  for  certain  low  to
moderate  risk  devices  that  do  not  qualify  for  the  510(k)  pathway  due  to  lack  of  a  predicate  device.  Modifications  to  a  510(k)-cleared
medical device may require the submission of another 510(k) or a PMA if the changes could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness
or constitute a major change in the intended use of the device.

Modifications  to  a  510(k)-cleared  device  frequently  require  the  submission  of  a  traditional  510(k),  but  modifications  meeting  certain
conditions may be candidates for FDA review under a Special 510(k). If a device modification requires the submission of a 510(k), but the
modification  does  not  affect  the  intended  use  of  the  device  or  alter  the  fundamental  scientific  technology  of  the  device,  then  summary
information  that  results  from  the  design  control  process  associated  with  the  cleared  device  can  serve  as  the  basis  for  clearing  the
application. A  Special  510(k)  allows  a  manufacturer  to  declare  conformance  to  design  controls  without  providing  new  data.  When  the
modification  involves  a  change  in  material,  the  nature  of  the  “new”  material  will  determine  whether  a  traditional  or  Special  510(k)  is
necessary. For example, in its Device Advice on How to Prepare a Special 510(k), the FDA uses the example of a change in a material in a
finger joint prosthesis from a known metal alloy to a ceramic that has not been used in a legally marketed predicate device as a type of
change  that  should  not  be  submitted  as  a  Special  510(k).  However,  if  the  “new”  material  is  a  type  that  has  been  used  in  other  legally
marketed devices within the same classification for the same intended use, a Special 510(k) is appropriate. The FDA gives as an example a
manufacturer  of  a  hip  implant  who  changes  from  one  alloy  to  another  that  has  been  used  in  another  legally  marketed  predicate.  Special
510(k)s are typically processed within 30 days of receipt.

The  PMA  process  is  more  complex,  costly  and  time  consuming  than  the  510(k)  clearance  procedure. A  PMA  must  be  supported  by
extensive data including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical, manufacturing, control and labeling information to demonstrate
to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. After a PMA is submitted, the FDA has 45 days to
determine whether it is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If the PMA is complete, the FDA will file the PMA. The FDA
is subject to performance goal review times for PMAs and may issue a decision letter as a first action on a PMA within 180 days of filing,
but if it has questions, it will likely issue a first major deficiency letter within 150 days of filing. It may also refer the PMA to an FDA
advisory panel for additional review, and will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the
QSR,  either  of  which  could  extend  the  180-day  response  target.  While  the  FDA’s  ability  to  meet  its  performance  goals  has  generally
improved during the past few years, it may not meet these goals in the future. A PMA can take several years to complete and there is no
assurance that any submitted PMA will ever be approved. Even when approved, the FDA may limit the indication for which the medical
device may be marketed or to whom it may be sold. In addition, the FDA may request additional information or request the performance of
additional clinical trials before it will reconsider the approval of the PMA or as a condition of approval, in which case the trials must be
completed after the PMA is approved. Changes to the device, including changes to its manufacturing process, may require the approval of a
supplemental PMA.

If  a  medical  device  is  determined  to  present  a  “significant  risk,”  the  manufacturer  may  not  begin  a  clinical  trial  until  it  submits  an
investigational  device  exemption,  or  IDE,  to  the  FDA  and  obtains  approval  of  the  IDE  from  the  FDA.  The  IDE  must  be  supported  by
appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results and include a proposed clinical protocol. These clinical trials are also subject
to the review, approval and oversight of an institutional review board, or IRB, which is an independent and multi-disciplinary committee of
volunteers who review and approve research proposals, and the reporting of adverse events and experiences, at each institution at which
the clinical trial will be performed. The clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with applicable regulations, including but not limited
to the FDA’s IDE regulations and current good clinical practices. A clinical trial may be suspended by the FDA, the IRB or the sponsor at
any time for various reasons, including a belief that  the  risks  to  the  study  participants  outweigh  the  benefits  of  participation  in  the  trial.
Even if a clinical trial is completed, the results may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of a device, or may be equivocal or otherwise
not be sufficient to obtain approval.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Post-Marketing Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

● compliance with  the  QSR,  which  require  manufacturers  to  follow  stringent  design,  testing,  control,  documentation,  record
maintenance, including  maintenance  of  complaint  and  related  investigation  files,  and  other  quality  assurance  controls  during
the manufacturing process;

● labeling regulations,  which  prohibit  the  promotion  of  products  for  uncleared  or  unapproved  or  “off-label”  uses  and  impose

other restrictions on labeling; and

● medical device  reporting  obligations,  which  require  that  manufacturers  investigate  and  report  to  the  FDA  adverse  events,
including deaths, or serious injuries that may have been or were caused by a medical device and malfunctions in the device that
would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur.

Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulatory  requirements  can  result  in  enforcement  action  by  the  FDA,  which  may  include  any  of  the
following sanctions:

● warning letters;

● fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;

● recall or seizure of our products;

● operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

● refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products;

● withdrawal of 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals; and

● criminal prosecution.

To  ensure  compliance  with  regulatory  requirements,  medical  device  manufacturers  are  subject  to  market  surveillance  and  periodic,  pre-
scheduled and unannounced inspections by the FDA, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.

International Regulation

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The
time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements
may differ. For example, the primary regulatory authority with respect to medical devices in Europe is that of the European Union. The
European Union consists of 28 countries and has a total population of over 500 million people. The unification of these countries into a
common  market  has  resulted  in  the  unification  of  laws,  standards  and  procedures  across  these  countries,  which  may  expedite  the
introduction of medical devices like those we are offering and developing. Norway, Iceland, Lichtenstein and Switzerland are not members
of the European Union, but have transposed applicable European medical device laws into their national legislation. Thus, a device that is
marketed in the European Union may also be recognized and accepted in those four non-member European countries as well.

The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse
event  reporting  for  medical  devices.  Devices  that  comply  with  the  requirements  of  relevant  directives  will  be  entitled  to  bear  CE
Conformity Marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be
commercially distributed throughout the European Union. Actual implementation of these directives, however, may vary on a country-by-
country basis. The CE Mark is a mandatory conformity mark on medical devices distributed and sold in the European Union and certifies
that a medical device has met applicable requirements.

The method of assessing conformity varies, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party
assessment  by  a  “Notified  Body.”  Notified  Bodies  are  independent  testing  houses,  laboratories,  or  product  certifiers  authorized  by  the
European Union member states to perform the required conformity assessment tasks, such as quality system audits and device compliance
testing. An assessment by a Notified Body based within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to distribute the product
commercially throughout the European Union. Medium and higher risk devices require the intervention of a Notified Body which will be
responsible for auditing the manufacturer’s quality system. The Notified Body will also determine whether or not the product conforms to
the  requirements  of  the  applicable  directives.  Devices  that  meet  the  applicable  requirements  of  E.U.  law  and  have  undergone  the
appropriate conformity assessment routes will be granted CE “certification.” The CE Mark is mandatory for medical devices sold not only
within the countries of the European Union but more generally within most of Europe. As many of the European standards are converging
with international standards, the CE Mark is often used on medical devices manufactured and sold outside of Europe (notably in Asia that
exports many manufactured products to Europe). CE Marking gives companies easier access into not only the European market but also to
Asian  and  Latin  American  markets,  most  of  whom  recognize  the  CE  Mark  on  medical  device  as  a  mark  of  quality  and  adhering  to
international standards of consumer safety, health or environmental requirements.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compliance with Healthcare Laws

We must comply with various U.S. federal and state laws, rules and regulations pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-
kickback and false claims laws, rules, and regulations, as well as other healthcare laws in connection with the commercialization of our
products. Fraud and abuse laws are interpreted broadly and enforced aggressively by various state and federal agencies, including the U.S.
Department of Justice, the U.S. Office of Inspector General for the Department of Health and Human Services and various state agencies.

We have entered into agreements with certain surgeons for assistance with the design of our products, some of whom we anticipate may
make referrals to us or order our products. A majority of these agreements contain provisions for the payments of royalties and/or stock
options.  In  addition,  some  surgeons  currently  own  shares  of  our  stock.  We  have  structured  these  transactions  with  the  intention  of
complying  with  all  applicable  laws,  including  fraud  and  abuse,  data  privacy  and  security,  and  transparency  laws.  Despite  this  intention,
there can be no assurance that a particular government agency or court would determine our practices to be in full compliance with such
laws. We could be materially impacted if regulatory or enforcement agencies or courts interpret our financial arrangements with surgeons
to be in violation of healthcare laws, including, without limitation, fraud and abuse, data privacy and security, or transparency laws.

The U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons, including a medical device manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), from
knowingly or willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the
referral of an individual for a service or product or the purchasing, ordering, arranging for, or recommending the ordering of, any service or
product for which payment may be made by Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal healthcare program. This statute has been interpreted
to  apply  to  arrangements  between  medical  device  manufacturers  on  one  hand  and  healthcare  providers  on  the  other.  The  term
“remuneration” is not defined in the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, such as
cash payments, gifts or gift certificates, discounts, waiver of payments, credit arrangements, ownership interests, the furnishing of services,
supplies or equipment, and the provision of anything at less than its fair market value. Courts have broadly interpreted the scope of the law,
holding  that  it  may  be  violated  if  merely  “one  purpose”  of  an  arrangement  is  to  induce  referrals,  irrespective  of  the  existence  of  other
legitimate  purposes.  The Anti-Kickback  Statute  prohibits  many  arrangements  and  practices  that  are  lawful  in  businesses  outside  of  the
healthcare  industry.  Although  there  are  a  number  of  statutory  exemptions  and  regulatory  safe  harbors  protecting  certain  business
arrangements from prosecution, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to
induce  prescribing,  purchasing  or  recommending  may  be  subject  to  scrutiny  if  they  do  not  qualify  for  an  exemption  or  safe  harbor.  Our
practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from federal Anti-Kickback Statute liability. The reach of the
Anti-Kickback Statute was broadened by the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and the Health Care and
Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively, the Affordable Care Act or ACA, which, among other things, amends the
intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute
or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the ACA provides that the government may assert that a
claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for
purposes of the federal False Claims Act (discussed below) or the civil monetary penalties statute, which imposes fines against any person
who is determined to have presented or caused to be presented claims to a federal healthcare program that the person knows or should know
is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent. In addition to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, many
states  have  their  own  anti-kickback  laws.  Often,  these  laws  closely  follow  the  language  of  the  federal  law,  although  they  do  not  always
have the same scope, exceptions, safe harbors or sanctions. In some states, these anti-kickback laws apply not only to payments made by
government healthcare programs but also to payments made by other third-party payors, including commercial insurance companies.

Sales, marketing, consulting, and advisory arrangements between medical device manufacturers and sales agents and physicians are subject
to  the Anti-Kickback  Statute  and  other  fraud  and  abuse  laws.  Government  officials  have  focused  recent  enforcement  efforts  on,  among
other things, the sales and marketing activities of healthcare companies, including medical device manufacturers, and have brought cases
against individuals or entities whose personnel allegedly offered unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to
procure their business. We expect these activities to continue to be a focus of government enforcement efforts. Settlements of these cases by
healthcare companies have involved significant fines and penalties and in some instances criminal plea agreements. We are also aware of
governmental investigations of some of the largest orthopedic device companies reportedly focusing on consulting and service agreements
between these companies and orthopedic surgeons. These developments are ongoing and we cannot predict the effects they will have on
our business.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The federal False Claims Act imposes liability on any person that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a
false  or  fraudulent  claim  for  payment  by  a  federal  healthcare  program.  The  qui  tam  provisions  of  the  False  Claims Act  allow  a  private
individual to bring civil actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim, or has caused
such a claim to be submitted, to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery. There are many potential bases for liability
under the False Claims Act. Liability arises, primarily, when a person knowingly submits, or causes another to submit, a false claim for
reimbursement to the federal government. The False Claims Act has been used to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks,
and other improper referrals, and allegations as to misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered. Qui tam actions have increased
significantly  in  recent  years,  causing  greater  numbers  of  healthcare  companies,  including  medical  device  manufacturers,  to  defend  false
claim  actions,  pay  damages  and  penalties,  or  be  excluded  from  participation  in  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  other  federal  or  state  healthcare
programs  as  a  result  of  investigations  arising  out  of  such  actions.  In  addition,  various  states  have  enacted  similar  laws  analogous  to  the
False Claims Act. Many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payor and not merely a federal healthcare
program. We are unable to predict whether we would be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or a similar state law, or the impact
of  such  actions.  However,  the  cost  of  defending  such  claims,  as  well  as  any  sanctions  imposed,  could  adversely  affect  our  financial
performance.  The  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996,  or  HIPAA,  also  created  several  new  federal  crimes,
including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully
executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third party payors. The false statements statute prohibits
knowingly  and  willfully  falsifying,  concealing,  or  covering  up  a  material  fact  or  making  any  materially  false,  fictitious,  or  fraudulent
statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services.

In addition, we may be subject to, or our marketing or research activities may be limited by, data privacy and security regulation by both
the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. For example, HIPAA and its implementing regulations established
uniform  federal  standards  for  certain  “covered  entities”  (healthcare  providers,  health  plans  and  healthcare  clearinghouses)  governing  the
conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected health information. The American
Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, commonly referred to as the economic stimulus package, included expansion of HIPAA’s privacy
and  security  standards  called  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act,  or  HITECH,  which  became
effective  on  February  17,  2010.  Among  other  things,  HITECH  makes  HIPAA’s  privacy  and  security  standards  directly  applicable  to
“business  associates”—independent  contractors  or  agents  of  covered  entities  that  create,  receive,  maintain,  or  transmit  protected  health
information  in  connection  with  providing  a  service  for  or  on  behalf  of  a  covered  entity.  HITECH  also  increased  the  civil  and  criminal
penalties  that  may  be  imposed  against  covered  entities,  business  associates  and  possibly  other  persons,  and  gave  state  attorneys  general
new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees
and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. These laws also require the reporting of breaches of protected health information to
affected  individuals,  regulators  and  in  some  cases,  local  or  national  media.  HIPAA  and  HITECH  impose  strict  limits  on  our  physician
collaborators’ ability to use and disclose patient information on our behalf.

There are also an increasing number of state “sunshine” laws that require manufacturers to provide reports to state governments on pricing
and  marketing  information.  Several  states  have  enacted  legislation  requiring  medical  device  companies  to,  among  other  things,  establish
marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales and marketing activities, and
to prohibit or limit certain other sales and marketing practices. In addition, a federal law known as the Physician Payments Sunshine Act,
now  requires  medical  device  manufacturers  to  track  and  report  to  the  federal  government  certain  payments  and  other  transfers  of  value
made to physicians and teaching hospitals and ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.
The first reporting period covered only payments or transfers of value made and ownership or investment interests held by physicians and
their immediate family members from August 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013. The federal government disclosed the reported information
on a publicly available website beginning in September 2014. For calendar year 2014, the Physician Payments Sunshine Act will require
medical device manufacturers to report payments and transfers of values made and ownership or investment interests held by physicians
and their immediate family members for the full calendar year. These laws may adversely affect our sales, marketing, and other activities
by imposing administrative and compliance burdens on us. If we fail to track and report as required by these laws or to otherwise comply
with these laws, we could be subject to the penalty provisions of the pertinent state and federal authorities.

Clinical  research  is  heavily  regulated  by  FDA  regulations  for  the  protection  of  human  subjects  (21  C.F.R.  50  and  56)  and  also  the
regulations  of  the  U.S  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services,  or  the  Common  Rule  (45  C.F.R  46).  Both  FDA  human  subject
regulations and the Common Rule impose restrictions on the involvement of human subjects in clinical research and require, among other
things, the balancing of the risks and benefits of research, the documented informed consent of research participants, initial and ongoing
review  of  research  by  an  IRB.  Similar  regulations  govern  research  conducted  in  foreign  countries.  Compliance  with  human  subject
protection regulations is costly and time consuming. Failure to comply could substantially and adversely impact our research program and
the development of our products.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exemptions, it is possible that some of our
business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the
federal and state laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including
criminal  and  significant  civil  monetary  penalties,  damages,  fines,  imprisonment,  exclusion  from  participation  in  government  healthcare
programs, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of pre-marketing product
clearances and approvals, private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers in the name of the government or refusal to allow
us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Public disclosure
of privacy and data security violations could cause significant reputational harm. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to
operate our business and our results of operations. To the extent that any of our products are sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to
similar  foreign  laws  and  regulations,  which  may  include,  for  instance,  applicable  post-marketing  requirements,  including  safety
surveillance,  anti-fraud  and  abuse  laws,  implementation  of  corporate  compliance  programs,  as  well  as  laws  and  regulations  requiring
transparency  of  pricing  and  marketing  information  and  governing  the  privacy  and  security  of  health  information,  such  as  the  E.U.’s
Directive 95/46 on the Protection of Individuals with regard to the Processing of Personal Data, or the Data Directive, and the wide variety
of national laws implementing the Data Directive.

Healthcare Reform

In the United States and foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system that
could affect our future results of operations. In particular, there have been and continue to be a number of initiatives at the U.S. federal and
state levels that seek to reduce healthcare costs.

In  March  2010,  President  Obama  signed  into  law  the ACA,  a  sweeping  law  intended  to  broaden  access  to  health  insurance,  reduce  or
constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for
healthcare  and  health  insurance  industries,  impose  new  taxes  and  fees  on  pharmaceutical  and  medical  device  manufacturers  and  impose
additional health policy reforms. Among other things, the ACA imposes a 2.3% medical device excise tax on sales of many medical devices
in the United States which became effective on January 1, 2013. Substantial new provisions affecting compliance have also been enacted,
which  may  affect  our  business  practices  with  healthcare  practitioners  and  a  significant  number  of  provisions  are  not  yet,  or  have  only
recently become, effective. Although it is too early to determine the full effect of the ACA, the new law appears likely to place downward
pressure on pricing of medical devices, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating
costs.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, on August 2, 2011, the
President  signed  into  law  the  Budget  Control Act  of  2011,  which,  among  other  things,  created  the  Joint  Select  Committee  on  Deficit
Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction did not achieve a
targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several
government programs. This includes aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013.
On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or ATRA, which, among other things,
reduced  Medicare  payments  to  several  types  of  providers  and  increased  the  statute  of  limitations  period  for  the  government  to  recover
overpayments to providers from three to five years. On March 1, 2013, the President signed an executive order implementing the Budget
Control Act’s  2%  Medicare  payment  reductions,  and  on April  1,  2013,  these  reductions  went  into  effect.  These  new  laws  may  result  in
additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial operations.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that have been and may be adopted in the future, may result in more
rigorous  coverage  criteria  and  in  additional  downward  pressure  on  the  price  that  we  receive  for  our  products.  Any  reduction  in
reimbursement  from  Medicare  or  other  government  programs  may  result  in  a  similar  reduction  in  payments  from  private  payors.  The
implementation  of  cost  containment  measures  or  other  healthcare  reforms  may  affect  our  ability  to  generate  revenue  and  profits  or
commercialize our product candidates.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Third-Party Reimbursement

Because we typically receive payment directly from hospitals and surgical centers, we do not anticipate relying directly on payment for any
of our products from third-party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid, private insurers, and managed care companies. However, our business
will be affected by policies administered by federal and state healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, as well as private third-
party  payors,  which  often  follow  the  policies  of  the  state  and  federal  healthcare  programs.  For  example,  our  business  will  be  indirectly
impacted by the ability of a hospital or medical facility to obtain coverage and third-party reimbursement for procedures performed using
our  products.  Many  hospitals  and  clinics  in  the  United  States  belong  to  group  purchasing  organizations  (that  typically  incentivize  their
hospital  members  to  make  a  relatively  large  proportion  of  purchases  from  a  limited  number  of  vendors  of  similar  products  that  have
contracted  to  offer  discounted  prices).  Such  contracts  often  include  exceptions  for  purchasing  certain  innovative  new  technologies,
however. Accordingly, the commercial success of our products may also depend to some extent on our ability to either negotiate favorable
purchase contracts with key group purchasing organizations or persuade hospitals and clinics to purchase our product “off contract.” These
third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not medically necessary; was not used
in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor; or was used for an unapproved use. A national
or local coverage decision denying Medicare coverage for one or more of our products could result in private insurers and other third party
payors also denying coverage. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for our products, less favorable coverage
policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. The cost containment measures that third-party payors and providers
are instituting, both within the United States and abroad, could significantly reduce our potential revenues from the sale of our products
and any product candidates. We cannot provide any assurances that we will be able to obtain and maintain third party coverage or adequate
reimbursement for our products and product candidates in whole or in part.

For inpatient and outpatient procedures, including those that will involve use of our products, Medicare and many other third-party payors
in the United States reimburse hospitals at a prospectively determined amount. This amount is generally based on one or more diagnosis
related  groups,  or  DRGs,  associated  with  the  patient’s  condition  for  inpatient  treatment  and  generally  based  on  ambulatory  payment
classifications,  or APCs,  associated  with  the  procedures  performed  as  an  outpatient  at  an  ambulation  surgicenter.  Each  DRG  or APC  is
associated with a level of payment and may be adjusted from time to time, usually annually. Prospective payments are intended to cover
most  of  the  non-physician  hospital  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  the  applicable  diagnosis  and  related  procedures.  Implant  products,
such  as  those  we  plan  to  sell,  represent  part  of  the  total  procedure  costs  while  labor,  hospital  room  and  board,  and  other  supplies  and
services  represent  the  balance  of  those  costs.  However,  the  prospective  payment  amounts  are  typically  set  independently  of  a  particular
hospital’s actual costs associated with treating a particular patient and implanting a device. Therefore, the payment that a hospital would
receive for a particular hospital visit would not typically take into account the cost of our products.

Medicare has established a number of DRGs for inpatient procedures that involve the use of products similar to ours. Although Medicare
has  authority  to  create  special  DRGs  for  hospital  services  that  more  properly  reflect  the  actual  costs  of  expensive  or  new-technology
devices implanted as part of a procedure, it has declined to do so in the past, and we do not expect that it will do so with respect to our
current products and product candidates. Medicare’s DRG and APC classifications may have implications outside of Medicare, as many
other U.S. third-party payors often use Medicare DRGs and APCs for purposes of determining reimbursement.

We  believe  that  orthopedic  implants  generally  have  been  well  received  by  third-party  payors  because  of  the  ability  of  these  implants  to
greatly reduce long-term healthcare costs for patients with degenerative joint disease. However, coverage and reimbursement policies vary
from payor to payor and are subject to change. As discussed above, hospitals that purchase medical devices for treatment of their patients
generally  rely  on  third-party  payors  to  reimburse  all  or  part  of  the  costs  and  fees  associated  with  the  procedures  performed  with  these
devices.  Both  government  and  private  third-party  coverage  and  reimbursement  levels  are  critical  to  new  product  acceptance.  Neither
hospitals nor surgeons are likely to use our products if they do not receive reimbursement for the procedures adequate to cover the cost of
our products.

While it is expected that hospitals will be able to obtain coverage for procedures using our products, the level of payment available to them
for  such  procedures  may  change  over  time.  State  and  federal  healthcare  programs,  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  closely  regulate
provider payment levels and have sought to contain, and sometimes reduce, payment levels. Commercial insurers and managed care plans
frequently follow government payment policies, and are likewise interested in controlling increases in the cost of medical care. These third-
party payors may deny payment if they determine that a procedure was not medically necessary, a device used in a procedure was not used
in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor, or was used for an unapproved use.

In  addition,  some  payors  are  adopting  pay-for-performance  programs  that  differentiate  payments  to  healthcare  providers  based  on  the
achievement  of  documented  quality-of-care  metrics,  cost  efficiencies,  or  patient  outcomes.  These  programs  are  intended  to  provide
incentives to providers to find ways to deliver the same or better results while consuming fewer resources. As a result of these programs,
and  related  payor  efforts  to  reduce  payment  levels,  hospitals  and  other  providers  are  seeking  ways  to  reduce  their  costs,  including  the
amounts they pay to medical device suppliers. Adverse changes in payment rates by payors to hospitals could adversely impact our ability
to market and sell our products and negatively affect our financial performance.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  international  markets,  healthcare  payment  systems  vary  significantly  by  country  and  many  countries  have  instituted  price  ceilings  on
specific  product  lines.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  products  will  be  considered  cost-effective  by  third-party  payors,  that
reimbursement will be available or, if available, that the third-party payors’ reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to
sell our products profitably.

Member countries of the European Union offer various combinations of centrally financed healthcare systems and private health insurance
systems. The relative importance of government and private systems varies from country to country. Governments may influence the price
of medical devices through their pricing and reimbursement rules and control of national healthcare systems that fund a large part of the
cost of those products to consumers. Some jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may be marketed
only once a reimbursement price has been agreed upon. Some of these countries may require, as condition of obtaining reimbursement or
pricing approval, the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available
therapies.  Some  E.U.  member  states  allow  companies  to  fix  their  own  prices  for  devices,  but  monitor  and  control  company  profits.  The
choice of devices is subject to constraints imposed by the availability of funds within the purchasing institution. Medical devices are most
commonly sold to hospitals or healthcare facilities at a price set by negotiation between the buyer and the seller. A contract to purchase
products  may  result  from  an  individual  initiative  or  as  a  result  of  a  competitive  bidding  process.  In  either  case,  the  purchaser  pays  the
supplier, and payment terms vary widely throughout the European Union. Failure to obtain favorable negotiated prices with hospitals or
healthcare facilities could adversely affect sales of our products.

As of March 4, 2016, we had 56 employees. We believe that our success will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified
personnel. We have never experienced a work stoppage due to labor difficulties and believe that our relations with our employees are good.
None of our employees are represented by labor unions.

Employees

Executive Officers

Our current executive officers and their respective ages and positions are as follows:

Name
B. Sonny Bal, M.D.
Bryan J. McEntire
Ty A. Lombardi

Age
53
63
43

  Position
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
  Chief Technology Officer
  Chief Financial Officer

The following is a brief summary of the background of each of our current directors and executive officers.

B. Sonny Bal, M.D. has served on our board of directors since February 2012, as Chairman of our board of directors since August 2014 and
as our President and Chief Executive Officer since October 2014. Dr. Bal is Professor & Chief of Adult Reconstruction at the University of
Missouri,  Columbia,  and  Adjunct  Professor  of  Material  Sciences  at  the  University  of  Missouri  at  Rolla.  Dr.  Bal  is  a  member  of  the
American  Academy  of  Orthopaedic  Surgeons,  the  American  Association  of  Hip  and  Knee  Surgeons  and  the  International  Society  of
Technology in Arthroplasty. Dr. Bal received his M.D. degree from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Northwestern University, and a
J.D. from the University of Missouri. Dr. Bal is a licensed attorney and co-founder of the Bal Brenner law firm in North Carolina.

Bryan  J.  McEntire  has  served  as  our  Chief  Technology  Officer  since  May  2012.  From  June  2004  to  May  2012  he  served  as  our  Vice
President of Manufacturing and as our Vice President of Research from December 2006 to May 2012. Mr. McEntire has worked in various
advanced  ceramic  product  development,  quality  engineering  and  manufacturing  roles  at  Applied  Materials,  Inc.,  Norton  Advanced
Ceramics,  a  division  of  Saint-Gobain  Industrial  Ceramics  Corporation,  Norton/TRW  Ceramics  and  Ceramatec,  Inc.,  a  small  producer  of
ionic-conducting and structural ceramic components located in Salt Lake City, Utah. Mr. McEntire holds a B.S. degree in Materials Science
and Engineering and an M.B.A. from the University of Utah.

Ty A. Lombardi has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2016. Prior to serving as our Chief Financial Officer Mr. Lombardi
served as our Vice President Finance and Principal Accounting Officer from January 2015 through December 2015 and as our Director of
Finance  from  March  2014  through  December  2014.  Prior  to  joining Amedica,  Mr.  Lombardi  was  part  owner  of  Cadence  Consulting
Corporation,  where  he  served  as  principal  consultant  from  January  2006  to  March  2014  and  provided  a  wide  range  of  financial  and
accounting services. Mr. Lombardi is a Certified Public Accountant and has a M.S. in Accounting from Brigham Young University

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating
our company. Our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these
risks.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

We  have  incurred  net  losses  since  our  inception  and  anticipate  that  we  will  continue  to  incur  substantial  net  losses  for  the
foreseeable future. We may never achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 we incurred a net loss of
$23.9  million  and  $32.6  million,  respectively,  and  used  cash  in  operations  of  $9.1  million  and  $14.5  million,  respectively.  We  have  an
accumulated deficit of $196.5 million at December 31, 2015. Our losses have resulted principally from costs incurred in connection with
our  sales  and  marketing  activities,  research  and  development  activities,  manufacturing  activities,  general  and  administrative  expenses
associated with our operations, impairments on intangible assets, interest expense, loss on extinguishment of debt and offering costs. Even
if we are successful in launching additional products into the market, we expect to continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable
future  as  we  continue  to  sell  and  market  our  current  products  and  research  and  develop,  and  seek  regulatory  approvals  for,  our  product
candidates.

If sales revenue from any of our current products or product candidates that receive marketing clearance from the FDA or other regulatory
body  is  insufficient,  if  we  are  unable  to  develop  and  commercialize  any  of  our  product  candidates,  or  if  our  product  development  is
delayed, we may never become profitable. Even if we do become profitable, we may be unable to sustain or increase our profitability on a
quarterly or annual basis.

Our  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  successfully  commercialize  silicon  nitride-based  medical  devices,  which  to  date  have
experienced only limited market acceptance.

We  believe  we  are  the  first  and  only  company  to  use  silicon  nitride  in  medical  applications.  To  date,  however,  we  have  had  limited
acceptance  of  our  silicon  nitride-based  products  and  our  product  revenue  has  been  derived  substantially  from  our  non-silicon  nitride
products. In order to succeed in our goal of becoming a leading biomaterial technology company utilizing silicon nitride, we must increase
market awareness of our silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion products, continue to implement our sales and marketing strategy, enhance
our commercial infrastructure and commercialize our silicon nitride joint replacement components and other products. If we fail in any of
these endeavors or experience delays in pursuing them, we will not generate revenues as planned and will need to curtail operations or seek
additional financing earlier than otherwise anticipated.

Our current products and our future products may not be accepted by hospitals and surgeons and may not become commercially
successful.

Although we received 510(k) regulatory clearance from the FDA for our first silicon nitride spinal fusion products in 2008, we have not
been  able  to  obtain  significant  market  share  of  the  interbody  spinal  fusion  market  to  date,  and  may  not  obtain  such  market  share  in  the
future. Even if we receive regulatory clearances or approvals for our product candidates in development, these product candidates may not
gain market acceptance among orthopedic surgeons and the medical community. Orthopedic surgeons may elect not to use our products for
a variety of reasons, including:

● lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting the beneficial characteristics of our silicon nitride technology;

● limited long-term data on the use of silicon nitride in medical devices;

● lower than expected clinical benefits in comparison with other products;

● the perception by surgeons that there are insufficient advantages of our products relative to currently available products;

●  hospitals may choose not to purchase our products;

●  group purchasing  organizations  may  choose  not  to  contract  for  our  products,  thus  limiting  availability  of  our  products  to

hospital purchasers;

● 

the price of our products, which may be higher than products made of the other commonly used biomaterials in the interbody
spinal fusion market and total joint market;

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● lack of  coverage  or  adequate  payment  from  managed  care  plans  and  other  third-party  payors  for  the  procedures  that  use  our

products;

● Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors may limit or not permit reimbursement for procedures using our products;

● 

ineffective marketing and distribution support;

● 

the time  and  resources  that  may  be  required  for  training,  or  the  inadequate  training,  of  surgeons  in  the  proper  use  of  our
products;

● 

the development of alternative biomaterials and products that render our products less competitive or obsolete; and

● 

the development of or improvement of competitive products.

If surgeons do not perceive our silicon nitride products and product candidates as superior alternatives to competing products, we will not
be able to generate significant revenues, if any.

Even  if  surgeons  are  convinced  of  the  superior  characteristics  of  our  silicon  nitride  products  and  our  product  candidates  that  we
successfully introduce compared to the limitations of the current commonly used biomaterials, surgeons may find other methods or turn to
other  biomaterials  besides  silicon  nitride  to  overcome  such  limitations.  For  instance,  with  respect  to  interbody  spinal  fusion  products,
surgeons  or  device  manufacturers  may  use  more  effective  markers  for  enhancing  the  imaging  compatibility  of  PEEK  devices,  more
effective antibiotics to prevent or treat implant-related infections, and more effective osteoconductive and osteoinductive materials when
implanting an interbody spinal fusion device. Device manufacturers may also coat metal with existing traditional ceramics to reduce the
risk  of  metal  wear  particles  and  corrosion  in  total  joint  replacement  implants. Additionally,  surgeons  may  increase  their  use  of  metal
interbody  spinal  fusion  devices  if  there  is  an  increasing  perception  that  PEEK  devices  are  limited  by  their  strength  and  resistance  to
fracture.

If we are unable to increase the productivity of our sales and marketing infrastructure we will not be able to penetrate the spinal
fusion market.

We market and sell our products to surgeons and hospitals in the United States and select markets in Europe and South America using a
network of independent third-party distributors who have existing surgeon relationships. We manage this distribution network through our
in-house  sales  and  marketing  management  team.  We  may  also  establish  distribution  collaborations  in  the  United  States  and  abroad  in
instances  where  access  to  a  large  or  well-established  sales  and  marketing  organization  may  help  to  expand  the  market  or  accelerate
penetration for selected products.

We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  succeed  in  entering  into  and  maintaining  productive  arrangements  with  an  adequate  number  of
distributors  that  are  sufficiently  committed  to  selling  our  products.  The  establishment  of  a  distribution  network  is  expensive  and  time
consuming. As we launch new products and increase our marketing effort with respect to existing products, we will need to continue to
hire, train, retain and motivate skilled independent distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas, such as spinal fusion
and total hip and knee joint replacement. In addition, the commissions we pay our distributors have increased over time, which has resulted
in higher sales and marketing expenses, and those commissions and expenses may increase in the future. Furthermore, current and potential
distributors may market and sell the products of our competitors. Even if the distributors market and sell our products, our competitors may
be able, by offering higher commission payments or other incentives, to persuade these distributors to reduce or terminate their sales and
marketing efforts related to our products. The distributors may also help competitors solicit business from our existing customers. Some of
our independent distributors account for a significant portion of our sales volume, and, if we were to lose them, our sales could be adversely
affected.

Even if we engage and maintain suitable relationships with an adequate number of distributors, they may not generate revenue as quickly as
we  expect  them  to,  commit  the  necessary  resources  to  effectively  market  and  sell  our  products,  or  ultimately  succeed  in  selling  our
products.  We  have  been  unable  to  obtain  meaningful  market  share  in  the  interbody  spinal  fusion  device  market  with  our  current  silicon
nitride  products  to  date  and  we  may  not  be  successful  in  increasing  the  productivity  of  our  sales  and  marketing  team  and  distribution
network to gain meaningful market share for our silicon nitride products, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The  orthopedic  market  is  highly  competitive  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  compete  effectively  against  the  larger,  well-established
companies that dominate this market or emerging and small innovative companies that may seek to obtain or increase their share
of the market.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The markets for spinal fusions and total hip and knee implant products are intensely competitive, and many of our competitors are much
larger and have substantially more financial and human resources than we do. Many have long histories and strong reputations within the
industry,  and  a  relatively  small  number  of  companies  dominate  these  markets.  Medtronic,  Inc.;  DePuy  Synthes  Companies,  a  group  of
Johnson  &  Johnson  companies;  Stryker  Corporation;  Biomet,  Inc.;  Zimmer  Holdings,  Inc.;  and  Smith  &  Nephew  plc,  account  for  a
significant amount of orthopedic sales worldwide.

These companies enjoy significant competitive advantages over us, including:

●  broad product offerings, which address the needs of orthopedic surgeons and hospitals in a wide range of procedures;

● products that are supported by long-term clinical data;

● greater experience in, and resources for, launching, marketing, distributing and selling products, including strong sales forces

and established distribution networks;

● 

existing relationships with spine and joint reconstruction surgeons;

● 

extensive intellectual property portfolios and greater resources for patent protection;

●  greater financial and other resources for product research and development;

●  greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances and approvals for products and product

enhancements;

● 

established manufacturing operations and contract manufacturing relationships;

● 

significantly greater name recognition and widely recognized trademarks; and

● 

established relationships with healthcare providers and payors.

Our products and any product candidates that we may introduce into the market may not enable us to overcome the competitive advantages
of  these  large  and  dominant  orthopedic  companies.  In  addition,  even  if  we  successfully  introduce  additional  product  candidates
incorporating our silicon nitride biomaterial into the market, emerging and small innovative companies may seek to increase their market
share  and  they  may  eventually  possess  competitive  advantages,  which  could  adversely  impact  our  business.  Our  competitors  may  also
employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our products and pricing in the spinal fusion and total joint replacement
market generally.

Moreover,  many  other  companies  are  seeking  to  develop  new  biomaterials  and  products  which  may  compete  effectively  against  our
products  in  terms  of  performance  and  price.  For  example,  Smith  &  Nephew  has  developed  a  ceramic-coated  metal,  known  as  Oxinium,
which may overcome certain of the limitations of metal joint replacement products and could directly compete with our silicon nitride and
silicon nitride-coated product candidates.

We have significant customer concentration, so that economic difficulties or changes in the purchasing policies or patterns of our
key customers could have a significant impact on our business and operating results.

A small number of customers account for a substantial portion of our product revenues. Our customers are primarily hospitals and surgical
centers. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, our largest customer, Bon Secours St. Mary’s Hospital, or St. Mary’s, had a receivable balance of
approximately 7% and 9%, respectively, of our total trade accounts receivable. In addition, St. Mary’s accounted for 12% and 18% of our
product revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Sales of our products to our customers, including St. Mary’s,
are  not  based  on  long-term,  committed-volume  purchase  contracts,  and  we  may  not  continue  to  receive  significant  revenues  from  St.
Mary’s  or  any  customer.  Because  of  our  significant  customer  concentration,  our  revenue  could  fluctuate  significantly  due  to  changes  in
economic conditions, the use of competitive products, or the loss of, reduction of business with, or less favorable terms with St. Mary’s or
any of our other significant customers. A significant portion of St. Mary’s’ purchases have been of our non-silicon nitride products, so it
may  be  able  to  purchase  competitive  similar  products  from  others. A  reduction  or  delay  in  orders  from  St.  Mary’s  or  any  of  our  other
significant  customers,  or  a  delay  or  default  in  payment  by  any  significant  customer,  could  materially  harm  our  business  and  results  of
operations.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  manufacturing  process  for  our  silicon  nitride  products  is  complex  and  requires  sophisticated  state-of-the-art  equipment,
experienced  manufacturing  personnel  and  highly  specialized  knowledge.  If  we  are  unable  to  manufacture  our  silicon  nitride
products on a timely basis consistent with our quality standards, our results of operation will be adversely impacted.

In order to control the quality, cost and availability of our silicon nitride products, we developed our own manufacturing capabilities. We
operate  a  30,000  square  foot  manufacturing  facility  which  is  certified  under  the  ISO  13485  medical  device  manufacturing  standard  for
medical devices and operates under the FDA’s quality systems regulations, or QSRs. All operations with the exceptions of raw material
production, cleaning, packaging and sterilization are performed at this facility.

In order to mitigate the risk associated with us being the sole manufacturer of our silicon nitride medical device products, in June 2014, we
entered into a manufacturing development and supply agreement with Kyocera Industrial Ceramics Corporation, or Kyocera. We updated
our material master file and submitted a 510(k) with the FDA in the third quarter of 2014 to qualify Kyocera as a second source supplier of
our silicon nitride products. Kyocera has been qualified as a second source supplier of our silicon nitride products. Although we expect this
arrangement with Kyocera to continue, if Kyocera ceases to continue as a qualified manufacturer of these products and product candidates,
we will be the sole manufacturer of these products and will need to seek other potential secondary manufacturers. Our reliance solely on
our  internal  resources  to  manufacture  our  silicon  nitride  products  entails  risks  to  which  we  would  not  be  subject  if  we  had  secondary
suppliers for their manufacture, including:

● the inability to meet our product specifications and quality requirements consistently;

● a delay or inability to procure or expand sufficient manufacturing capacity to meet additional demand for our products;

● manufacturing and product quality issues related to the scale-up of manufacturing;

● the inability to produce a sufficient supply of our products to meet product demands;

● the disruption of our manufacturing facility due to equipment failure, natural disaster or failure to retain key personnel; and

● our inability to ensure our compliance with regulations and standards of the FDA including QSRs and corresponding state and

international regulatory authorities.

Any of these events could lead to a reduction in our product sales, product launch delays, failure to obtain regulatory clearance or approval
or impact our ability to successfully sell our products and commercialize our products candidates.

We  depend  on  a  limited  number  of  third-party  suppliers  for  key  raw  materials  used  in  the  manufacturing  of  our  silicon  nitride
products,  and  the  loss  of  these  third-party  suppliers  or  their  inability  to  supply  us  with  adequate  raw  materials  could  harm  our
business.

We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the raw materials required for the production of our silicon nitride products and
product  candidates.  Our  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  third-party  suppliers  involves  several  risks,  including  limited  control  over
pricing, availability, quality, and delivery schedules for raw materials. We have no supply agreements in place with any of our suppliers and
cannot be certain that our current suppliers will continue to provide us with the quantities of raw materials that we require or that satisfy our
anticipated  specifications  and  quality  requirements. Any  supply  interruption  in  limited  or  single  sourced  raw  materials  could  materially
harm our ability to manufacture our products until a new source of supply, if any, could be identified and qualified. We may be unable to
find a sufficient alternative supply channel within a reasonable time or on commercially reasonable terms. Any performance failure on the
part  of  our  suppliers  could  delay  the  production  of  our  silicon  nitride  products  and  product  candidates  and  delay  the  development  and
commercialization  of  our  product  candidates,  including  limiting  supplies  necessary  for  commercial  sale,  clinical  trials  and  regulatory
approvals, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Use of third-party manufacturers increases the risk that we will not have adequate supplies of our non-silicon nitride products or
instrumentation sets.

The majority of our product revenue is currently generated by sales of non-silicon nitride products. Our reliance on a limited number of
third-party manufacturers to supply us with our non-silicon nitride products and instruments exposes us to risks that could delay our sales,
or result in higher costs or lost product revenues. In particular, our manufacturers could:

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● 

encounter difficulties  in  achieving  volume  production,  quality  control  and  quality  assurance  or  suffer  shortages  of  qualified
personnel, which could result in their inability to manufacture sufficient quantities of our commercially available non-silicon
nitride products  to  meet  market  demand  for  those  products,  or  they  could  experience  similar  problems  that  result  in  the
manufacture of insufficient quantities of our non-silicon nitride product candidates; and

● fail to follow and remain in compliance with the FDA-mandated QSRs, compliance which is required for all medical devices, or
fail to document their compliance to QSRs, either of which could lead to significant delays in the availability of materials for
our non-silicon nitride products or instrumentation sets.

If we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of our non-silicon nitride products and related instrumentation sets that meet our specifications
and quality standards, it will be difficult for us to compete effectively. We have no supply agreements in place with our manufacturers and
they may change the terms of our future orders or choose not to supply us with products or instrumentation sets in the future. Furthermore,
if a third-party manufacturer from whom we purchase fails to perform its obligations, we may be forced to purchase products or related
instrumentation from other third-party manufacturers, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, if we are
required  to  change  manufacturers  for  any  reason,  we  will  be  required  to  verify  that  the  new  manufacturer  maintains  facilities  and
procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The delays associated with the verification
of a new manufacturer or the re-verification of an existing manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to produce and distribute our
non-silicon nitride products or instruments in a timely manner.

In order to be successful, we must expand our available product lines of silicon nitride-based medical devices by commercializing
new product candidates, but we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion and at expected costs, or at all.

Although we are currently marketing our silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion implants, in order to be successful, we will need to expand
our product lines to include other silicon nitride devices. Therefore, we are developing silicon nitride product candidates for total hip and
knee replacement procedures and are exploring the application of our silicon nitride technology for other potential applications. However,
we have yet to commercialize any silicon nitride products beyond our spinal fusion products. To succeed in our commercialization efforts,
we  must  effectively  continue  product  development  and  testing,  obtain  regulatory  clearances  and  approvals,  and  enhance  our  sales  and
marketing capabilities. We may also have to write down significant inventory if existing products are replaced by new products. Because
of these uncertainties, there is no assurance that we will succeed in bringing any of our current or future product candidates to market. If we
fail in bringing our product candidates to market, or experience delays in doing so, we will not generate revenues as planned and will need
to curtail operations or seek additional financing earlier than otherwise anticipated.

We will depend on one or more strategic partners to develop and commercialize our total joint replacement product candidates,
and if our strategic partners are unable to execute effectively on our agreements with them, we may never become profitable.

We are seeking a strategic partner to develop and commercialize our total joint replacement product candidates. We will be reliant on our
strategic partners to develop and commercialize a total hip or knee joint replacement product candidate that utilizes silicon nitride-coated
components, although we have not yet entered into an agreement with any strategic partner to develop products with these silicon nitride-
coated components and may be unable to do so on agreeable terms. In order to succeed in our joint commercialization efforts, we and any
future partners must execute effectively on all elements of a combined business plan, including continuing to establish sales and marketing
capabilities,  manage  certified,  validated  and  effective  commercial-scale  manufacturing  operations,  conduct  product  development  and
testing, and obtain regulatory clearances and approvals for our product candidate. If we or any of our strategic partners fail in any of these
endeavors,  or  experience  delays  in  pursuing  them,  we  will  not  generate  revenues  as  planned  and  will  need  to  curtail  operations  or  seek
additional financing earlier than otherwise anticipated.

Part of our strategy is to establish and develop OEM partnerships and arrangements, which subjects us to various risks.

Because we believe silicon nitride is a superior platform and technology for application in the spine, total joint and other markets, we are
establishing OEM partnerships with other companies to replace their materials and products with silicon nitride. Sales of products to OEM
customers will expose our business to a number of risks. Sales through OEM partners could be less profitable than direct sales. Sales of our
products through multiple channels could also confuse customers and cause the sale of our products to decline. In addition, OEM customers
will  require  that  products  meet  strict  standards.  Our  compliance  with  these  requirements  could  result  in  increased  development,
manufacturing, warranty and administrative costs. A significant increase in these costs could adversely affect our operating results. If we
fail to meet OEM specifications on a timely basis, our relationships with our OEM partners may be harmed. Furthermore, we would not
control  our  OEM  partners,  and  they  could  sell  competing  products,  may  not  incorporate  our  technology  into  their  products  in  a  timely
manner and may devote insufficient sales efforts to the OEM products.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The use of physician-owned distributorships could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability to sell
our  products  to  physicians  who  own  or  are  affiliated  with  those  distributorships  and  the  sale  of  our  products  through  such
distributorships may expose us to regulatory enforcement risk.

Physician-owned  distributorships,  or  PODs,  are  medical  device  distributors  that  are  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  physicians.  These
physicians derive a proportion of their revenue from selling or arranging for the sale of medical devices for use in procedures they perform
on  their  own  patients  at  hospitals  that  agree  to  purchase  from  or  through  the  POD,  or  that  otherwise  furnish  ordering  physicians  with
income that is based directly or indirectly on those orders of medical devices.

We may sell and distribute our products through a limited number of PODs. The number of PODs in the orthopedic industry may continue
to  grow  as  physicians  search  for  ways  to  increase  their  incomes.  These  companies  and  the  physicians  who  own,  or  partially  own,  them
have significant market knowledge and access to the surgeons and hospitals that may potentially purchase our products and the physicians
who own these PODs will have financial incentives to purchase from these distributorships. As a result, growth in this area may reduce our
ability to compete effectively for business.

On March 26, 2013, the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General issued a Special Fraud Alert on Physician-
Owned Entities and identified PODs as “inherently suspect” under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. While the PODs themselves may be
the target of any government enforcement efforts in this area, it is possible that regulatory scrutiny may extend to other entities that have
relationships with PODs, including us. We are not aware that we are currently subject to any such scrutiny. However, the cost of defending
such enforcement actions, if brought (even without merit), as well as any sanctions, if imposed, could have a material adverse effect on our
business.

If hospitals and other healthcare providers are unable to obtain coverage or adequate reimbursement for procedures performed
with our products, it is unlikely our products will be widely used.

In the United States, the commercial success of our existing products and any future products will depend, in part, on the extent to which
governmental payors at the federal and state levels, including Medicare and Medicaid, private health insurers and other third-party payors
provide  coverage  for  and  establish  adequate  reimbursement  levels  for  procedures  utilizing  our  products.  Because  we  typically  receive
payment  directly  from  hospitals  and  surgical  centers,  we  do  not  anticipate  relying  directly  on  payment  from  third-party  payors  for  our
products. However, hospitals and other healthcare providers that purchase our orthopedic products for treatment of their patients generally
rely  on  third-party  payors  to  pay  for  all  or  part  of  the  costs  and  fees  associated  with  our  products  as  part  of  a  “bundled”  rate  for  the
associated procedures. The existence of coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products and the procedures performed with them by
government and private payors is critical to market acceptance of our existing and future products. Neither hospitals nor surgeons are likely
to use our products if they do not receive adequate reimbursement for the procedures utilizing our products.

Many  private  payors  currently  base  their  reimbursement  policies  on  the  coverage  decisions  and  payment  amounts  determined  by  the
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, which administers the Medicare program. Others may adopt different coverage or
reimbursement  policies  for  procedures  performed  with  our  products,  while  some  governmental  programs,  such  as  Medicaid,  have
reimbursement  policies  that  vary  from  state  to  state,  some  of  which  may  not  pay  for  the  procedures  performed  with  our  products  in  an
adequate amount, if at all. A Medicare national or local coverage decision denying coverage for one or more of our products could result in
private  and  other  third-party  payors  also  denying  coverage  for  our  products.  Third-party  payors  also  may  deny  reimbursement  for  our
products if they determine that a product used in a procedure was not medically necessary, was not used in accordance with cost-effective
treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor, or was used for an unapproved use. Unfavorable coverage or reimbursement
decisions  by  government  programs  or  private  payors  underscore  the  uncertainty  that  our  products  face  in  the  market  and  could  have  a
material adverse effect on our business.

Many  hospitals  and  clinics  in  the  United  States  belong  to  group  purchasing  organizations,  which  typically  incentivize  their  hospital
members to make a relatively large proportion of purchases from a limited number of vendors of similar products that have contracted to
offer discounted prices. Such contracts often include exceptions for purchasing certain innovative new technologies, however. Accordingly,
the commercial success of our products may also depend to some extent on our ability to either negotiate favorable purchase contracts with
key group purchasing organizations and/or persuade hospitals and clinics to purchase our product “off contract.”

The  healthcare  industry  in  the  United  States  has  experienced  a  trend  toward  cost  containment  as  government  and  private  payors  seek  to
control  healthcare  costs  by  paying  service  providers  lower  rates.  While  it  is  expected  that  hospitals  will  be  able  to  obtain  coverage  for
procedures  using  our  products,  the  level  of  payment  available  to  them  for  such  procedures  may  change  over  time.  State  and  federal
healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, closely regulate provider payment levels and have sought to contain, and sometimes
reduce, payment levels. Private payors frequently follow government payment policies and are likewise interested in controlling increases
in the cost of medical care. In addition, some payors are adopting pay-for-performance programs that differentiate payments to healthcare
providers  based  on  the  achievement  of  documented  quality-of-care  metrics,  cost  efficiencies,  or  patient  outcomes.  These  programs  are
intended  to  provide  incentives  to  providers  to  deliver  the  same  or  better  results  while  consuming  fewer  resources. As  a  result  of  these
programs, and related payor efforts to reduce payment levels, hospitals and other providers are seeking ways to reduce their costs, including
the amounts they pay to medical device manufacturers. We may not be able to sell our implants profitably if third-party payors deny or
discontinue coverage or reduce their levels of payment below that which we project, or if our production costs increase at a greater rate than
payment levels. Adverse changes in payment rates by payors to hospitals could adversely impact our ability to market and sell our products
and negatively affect our financial performance.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  international  markets,  medical  device  regulatory  requirements  and  healthcare  payment  systems  vary  significantly  from  country  to
country,  and  many  countries  have  instituted  price  ceilings  on  specific  product  lines.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  our  products  will  be
considered  cost-effective  by  international  third-party  payors,  that  reimbursement  will  be  available  or,  if  available,  that  the  third-party
payors’  reimbursement  policies  will  not  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  sell  our  products  profitably. Any  failure  to  receive  regulatory  or
reimbursement approvals would negatively impact market acceptance of our products in any international markets in which those approvals
are sought.

Prolonged  negative  economic  conditions  in  domestic  and  international  markets  may  adversely  affect  us,  our  suppliers,  partners
and consumers, and the global orthopedic market which could harm our financial position.

Global credit and financial markets have been experiencing extreme disruptions over the past several years, including severely diminished
liquidity  and  availability  of  credit,  declines  in  consumer  confidence,  declines  in  economic  growth,  increases  in  unemployment  rates  and
uncertainty  about  economic  stability.  Credit  and  financial  markets  and  confidence  in  economic  conditions  might  deteriorate  further.  Our
business may be adversely affected by the recent economic downturn and volatile business environment and continued unpredictable and
unstable market conditions. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current suppliers may not continue to operate. Any lender that
is obligated to provide funding to us under any future credit agreement with us may not be able to provide funding in a timely manner, or at
all, when we require it. The cost of, or lack of, available credit or equity financing could impact our ability to develop sufficient liquidity to
maintain  or  grow  our  company.  These  negative  changes  in  domestic  and  international  economic  conditions  or  additional  disruptions  of
either or both of the financial and credit markets may also affect third-party payors and may have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

In addition, we believe that various demographics and industry-specific trends will help drive growth in the orthopedics markets, but these
demographics  and  trends  are  uncertain.  Actual  demand  for  orthopedic  products  generally,  and  our  products  in  particular,  could  be
significantly  less  than  expected  if  our  assumptions  regarding  these  factors  prove  to  be  incorrect  or  do  not  materialize,  or  if  alternative
treatments gain widespread acceptance.

We are dependent on our senior management team, engineering team, sales and marketing team and surgeon advisors, and the loss
of any of them could harm our business.

The members of our current senior management team have worked together in their new positions with us for a limited time and may not be
able to successfully implement our strategy. In addition, we have not entered into employment agreements, other than change-in-control
severance agreements, with any of the members of our senior management team. There are no assurances that the services of any of these
individuals will be available to us for any specified period of time. The successful integration of our senior management team, the loss of
members of our senior management team, sales and marketing team, engineering team and key surgeon advisors, or our inability to attract
or  retain  other  qualified  personnel  or  advisors  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

If  we  experience  significant  disruptions  in  our  information  technology  systems,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition could be adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to
effectively  manage  our  sales  and  marketing,  accounting  and  financial  functions;  manufacturing  processes;  inventory;  engineering  and
product development functions; and our research and development functions. As such, our information technology systems are vulnerable
to  damage  or  interruption  including  from  earthquakes,  fires,  floods  and  other  natural  disasters;  terrorist  attacks  and  attacks  by  computer
viruses  or  hackers;  power  losses;  and  computer  systems,  or  Internet,  telecommunications  or  data  network  failures.  The  failure  of  our
information technology systems to perform as we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new systems could disrupt our entire
operation and could result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess inventory and product shortages, all of which could have a
material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Capital Resources and Impairments

We will require additional financing and our failure to obtain additional funding would force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our
product development programs or commercialization efforts.

We currently have limited committed sources of capital and we have limited liquidity. Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31,
2015 and 2014, were $11.5 million and $18.2 million, respectively. We require substantial future capital in order to continue to conduct the
research and development and regulatory clearance and approval activities necessary to bring our products to market, to establish effective
marketing and sales capabilities. Our existing capital resources are not sufficient to enable us to fund the completion of the development
and  commercialization  of  all  of  our  product  candidates.  We  cannot  determine  with  certainty  the  duration  and  completion  costs  of  the
current or future development and commercialization of our product candidates for spinal fusion procedures, joint replacement and coated
metals or if, when, or to what extent we will generate revenues from the commercialization and sale of any of these product candidates for
which we obtain regulatory approval. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for certain or all of these product candidates.
The  duration,  costs  and  timing  of  clinical  trials  and  development  of  our  spinal  fusion,  joint  replacement  and  coated  metal  product
candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including:

● the scope,  rate  of  progress,  and  expense  of  our  ongoing,  as  well  as  any  additional,  clinical  trials  and  other  research  and

development activities;

● future clinical trial results we may must or choose to conduct;

● potential changes in government regulation; and

● the timing and receipt of any regulatory approvals.

A  change  in  the  outcome  of  any  of  these  variables  with  respect  to  the  development  of  spinal  fusion,  joint  replacement  or  coated  metal
product candidates could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of these product candidates.

In addition, the repayment of the Hercules Loan and Security Agreement and the Hercules liquidity covenant limit our ability to use our
cash  and  cash  equivalents  to  fund  our  operations  and  may  restrict  our  ability  to  continue  development  of  our  product  candidates.
Additionally, the Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology restricts our ability to incur additional pari passu indebtedness,
which may reduce our ability to seek additional financing. If adequate funds are not available on a timely basis, we may terminate or delay
the  development  of  one  or  more  of  our  product  candidates,  or  delay  activities  necessary  to  commercialize  our  product  candidates.
Additional  funding  may  not  be  available  to  us  on  acceptable  terms,  or  at  all. Any  additional  equity  financing,  if  available,  may  not  be
available on favorable terms and will most likely be dilutive to our current stockholders, and debt financing, if available, may involve more
restrictive covenants. Our ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if not achieved on a timely basis, will materially harm
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As  a  result  of  our  debt  obligations,  we  will  need  additional  funds  to  meet  our  operational  needs  and  capital  requirements  for  product
development, clinical trials and commercialization. The timing and amount of our future capital requirements will depend on many factors,
including:

● our ability to satisfy our obligation to pay principal and interest on the Loan and Security Agreement;

● our ability to comply with the minimum liquidity covenant related to the Loan and Security Agreement;

● 

the level of sales of our current products and the cost of revenue and sales and marketing;

● 

the extent of any clinical trials that we will be required to conduct in support of the regulatory clearance of our total hip and
knee replacement product candidates;

● 

the scope, progress, results and cost of our product development efforts;

● 

the costs, timing and outcomes of regulatory reviews of our product candidates;

● 

the number and types of products we develop and commercialize;

● 

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications and maintaining, enforcing and defending intellectual property-
related claims; and

● 

the extent and scope of our general and administrative expenses.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we do not adhere to the financial covenants set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology, we will be
in default of the Loan and Security Agreement.

In June 2014 we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., or Hercules Technology, as
administrative  and  collateral  agent  for  the  lenders  thereunder  and  as  lender,  and  Hercules  Technology  III,  LP,  as  lender.  The  Loan  and
Security Agreement provides us with a $20 million term loan with a maturity date of January 1, 2018 and is secured by substantially all of
our assets and is described in more detail in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The  Loan  and  Security Agreement  contains  a  minimum  liquidity  covenant  that  requires  us  to  maintain  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and
availability under the Loan and Security Agreement of not less than an amount that varies based on the loan amount and reduces as the loan
amount is reduced with a maximum cash requirement of $9.0 million if the loan amount exceeds $19.0 million and a potential minimum
cash requirement of $2.5 million if the loan amount is $7.0 million or less. As of March 15, 2016, the minimum liquidity covenant was
$7.0  million.  We  anticipate  we  will  need  to  refinance  the  Loan  and  Security Agreement  or  obtain  additional  funding  during  the  second
quarter  of  2016  to  maintain  compliance  with  the  minimum  liquidity  covenant  through  the  next  twelve  months.  Furthermore,  if  we  are
unable to access additional funds prior to becoming non-compliant with the liquidity covenant, the entire remaining balance of the Loan
and Security Agreement could become immediately due and payable at the option of Hercules Technology.

Hercules Technology could declare a default under the Loan and Security Agreement upon the occurrence of a material adverse effect, as
defined under the credit facility, thereby requiring us to either repay the outstanding indebtedness immediately or attempt to reverse the
declaration of default through negotiation or litigation. Any declaration of an event of default would significantly harm our business and
prospectus and could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Raising additional capital by issuing securities or through debt financings or licensing arrangements may cause dilution to existing
stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish proprietary rights.

To  the  extent  that  we  raise  additional  capital  through  the  sale  of  equity  or  convertible  debt  securities,  your  ownership  interest  will  be
diluted,  and  the  terms  may  include  liquidation  or  other  preferences  that  adversely  affect  your  rights  as  a  stockholder.  Debt  financing,  if
available,  may  involve  agreements  that  include  covenants  limiting  or  restricting  our  ability  to  take  specific  actions  such  as  incurring
additional  debt,  making  capital  expenditures  or  declaring  dividends.  If  we  raise  additional  funds  through  collaboration  and  licensing
arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or products or grant licenses on terms that
are not favorable to us. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our product development and commercialization
goals and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a
going  concern  in  its  report  on  our  audited  financial  statements.  We  may  be  unable  to  continue  to  operate  without  the  threat  of
liquidation for the foreseeable future.

Our  report  from  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015  includes  an  explanatory
paragraph  stating  that  our  recurring  losses  from  operations  and  our  need  to  obtain  additional  financing  in  order  to  satisfy  our  debt
obligations and to be compliant with covenants under our debt obligations through 2016 raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue
as  a  going  concern.  If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  sufficient  additional  funding,  our  business,  prospects,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a
going  concern,  we  may  have  to  liquidate  our  assets  and  may  receive  less  than  the  value  at  which  those  assets  are  carried  on  our
consolidated  financial  statements,  and  it  is  likely  that  investors  will  lose  all  or  a  part  of  their  investment.  Future  reports  from  our
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  may  also  contain  statements  expressing  doubt  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going
concern. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as
a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or
at all.

An impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to test acquired goodwill for impairment on an annual basis. Goodwill represents the excess of the amount paid over the
fair value of the net assets at the date of the acquisition. We have chosen to complete our annual impairment reviews of goodwill at the end
of each calendar year. We also are required to test goodwill for impairment between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change
that would more likely than not reduce our enterprise fair value below its book value. In addition, we are required to test our finite-lived
intangible assets for impairment if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate the remaining net book value of the finite-
lived intangible assets might not be recoverable. These events or circumstances could include a significant change in the business climate,
including  a  significant  sustained  decline  in  our  market  value,  legal  factors,  operating  performance  indicators,  competition,  sale  or
disposition of a significant portion of our business and other factors.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the fair market value of our reporting unit is less than its book value, we could be required to record an impairment charge. The valuation
of  a  reporting  unit  requires  judgment  in  estimating  future  cash  flows,  discount  rates  and  other  factors.  In  making  these  judgments,  we
evaluate  the  financial  health  of  our  business,  including  such  factors  as  industry  performance,  changes  in  technology  and  operating  cash
flows. Changes in our forecasts or decreases in the value of our common stock could cause book values of our reporting unit to exceed its
fair value, which may result in goodwill impairment charges. The amount of any impairment could be significant and could have a material
adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Products and Other Government Regulations

Our  long-term  success  depends  substantially  on  our  ability  to  obtain  regulatory  clearance  or  approval  and  thereafter
commercialize our product candidates; we cannot be certain that we will be able to do so in a timely manner or at all.

The  process  of  obtaining  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  to  market  a  medical  device  from  the  FDA  or  similar  regulatory  authorities
outside  of  the  United  States  can  be  costly  and  time  consuming,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  clearances  or  approvals  will  be
granted on a timely basis, or at all. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process generally takes one to six months from the date of submission,
depending  on  whether  a  special  or  traditional  510(k)  premarket  notification  has  been  submitted,  but  can  take  significantly  longer. An
application for premarket approval, or PMA, must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) clearance
process or is not exempt from premarket review by the FDA. The PMA process almost always requires one or more clinical trials and can
take two to three years from the date of filing, or even longer. In some cases, including in the case of our interbody spinal fusion devices
which incorporate our CSC technology and our solid silicon nitride femoral head component, the FDA requires clinical data as part of the
510(k) clearance process.

It is possible that the FDA could raise questions about our spinal fusion products, our spinal fusion product candidates and our total hip and
knee joint replacement product candidates and could require us to perform additional studies on our products and product candidates. Even
if the FDA permits us to use the 510(k) clearance process, we cannot assure you that the FDA will not require either supporting data from
laboratory tests or studies that we have not conducted, or substantial supporting clinical data. If we are unable to use the 510(k) clearance
process  for  any  of  our  product  candidates,  are  required  to  provide  clinical  data  or  laboratory  data  that  we  do  not  possess  to  support  our
510(k) premarket notifications for any of these product candidates, or otherwise experience delays in obtaining or fail to obtain regulatory
clearances, the commercialization of our product candidates in the United States will be delayed or prevented, which will adversely affect
our ability to generate additional revenues. It also may result in the loss of potential competitive advantages that we might otherwise attain
by  bringing  our  products  to  market  earlier  than  our  competitors. Additionally,  although  the  FDA  allows  modifications  to  be  made  to
devices that have received 510(k) clearance with supporting documentation, the FDA may disagree with our decision to modify our cleared
devices  without  submission  of  a  new  510(k)  premarket  notification,  subjecting  us  to  potential  product  recall,  field  alerts  and  corrective
actions. Any of these contingencies could adversely affect our business.

Similar to our compliance with U.S. regulatory requirements, we must obtain and comply with international requirements in order to market
and  sell  our  products  outside  of  the  United  States  and  we  may  only  promote  and  market  our  products,  if  approved,  as  permitted  by
applicable regulatory authorities.

The safety of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data, and they may prove to be less safe and effective than our
laboratory data indicate.

We obtained FDA clearance for each of our products that we currently market, and we have sought and intend to seek FDA clearance or
approval through the FDA’s 510(k) or PMA process and, where applicable, CE marking for our product candidates. The 510(k) clearance
process is based on the FDA’s agreement that a new product candidate is substantially equivalent to an already marketed product for which
a PMA was not required. While most 510(k) premarket notifications do not require clinical data for clearance, the FDA may request that
such  data  be  provided.  Long-term  clinical  data  or  marketing  experience  obtained  after  clearance  may  indicate  that  our  products  cause
unexpected  complications  or  other  unforeseen  negative  effects.  If  this  happens,  we  could  be  subject  to  the  withdrawal  of  our  marketing
clearance and other enforcement sanctions by the FDA or other regulatory authority, product recalls, significant legal liability, significant
negative publicity, damage to our reputation and a dramatic reduction in our ability to sell our products, any one of which would have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect to be required to conduct clinical trials to support regulatory approval of some of our product candidates. We have little
experience conducting clinical trials, they may proceed more slowly than anticipated, and we cannot be certain that our product
candidates will be shown to be safe and effective for human use.

In order to commercialize our product candidates in the United States, we must submit a PMA for some of these product candidates, which
will require us to conduct clinical trials. We also plan to provide the FDA with clinical trial data to support some of our 510(k) premarket
notifications.  We  will  receive  approval  or  clearance  from  the  FDA  to  commercialize  products  requiring  a  clinical  trial  only  if  we  can
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA, through well-designed and properly conducted clinical trials, that our product candidates are
safe and effective and otherwise meet the appropriate standards required for approval or clearance for specified indications. Clinical trials
are complex, expensive, time consuming, uncertain and subject to substantial and unanticipated delays. Before we may begin clinical trials,
we must submit and obtain approval for an investigational device exemption, or IDE, that describes, among other things, the manufacture
of, and controls for, the device and a complete investigational plan. Clinical trials generally involve a substantial number of patients in a
multi-year study. Because we do not have the experience or the infrastructure necessary to conduct clinical trials, we will have to hire one
or  more  contract  research  organizations,  or  CROs,  to  conduct  trials  on  our  behalf.  CRO  contract  negotiations  may  be  costly  and  time
consuming  and  we  will  rely  heavily  on  the  CRO  to  ensure  that  our  trials  are  conducted  in  accordance  with  regulatory  and  industry
standards. We may encounter problems with our clinical trials and any of those problems could cause us or the FDA to suspend those trials,
or delay the analysis of the data derived from them.

A number of events or factors, including any of the following, could delay the completion of our clinical trials in the future and negatively
impact our ability to obtain FDA approval for, and to introduce our product candidates:

● failure to obtain financing necessary to bear the cost of designing and conducting clinical trials;

● 

failure to obtain approval from the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities to commence investigational studies;

● conditions imposed on us by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials;

● 

failure to find a qualified CRO to conduct our clinical trials or to negotiate a CRO services agreement on favorable terms;

●  delays in  obtaining  or  in  our  maintaining  required  approvals  from  institutional  review  boards  or  other  reviewing  entities  at

clinical sites selected for participation in our clinical trials;

● 

insufficient supply of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct our clinical trials;

●  difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials;

●  negative or inconclusive results from clinical trials, or results that are inconsistent with earlier results, that necessitate additional

clinical studies;

● 

failure on the part of the CRO to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements;

●  our failure  to  maintain  a  successful  relationship  with  the  CRO  or  termination  of  our  contractual  relationship  with  the  CRO

before completion of the clinical trials;

● 

serious or unexpected side effects experienced by patients in whom our product candidates are implanted; or

● 

failure by any of our third-party contractors or investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or meet other contractual
obligations in a timely manner.

Our  clinical  trials  may  need  to  be  redesigned  or  may  not  be  completed  on  schedule,  if  at  all.  Delays  in  our  clinical  trials  may  result  in
increased  development  costs  for  our  product  candidates,  which  could  cause  our  stock  price  to  decline  and  limit  our  ability  to  obtain
additional  financing.  In  addition,  if  one  or  more  of  our  clinical  trials  are  delayed,  competitors  may  be  able  to  bring  products  to  market
before we do, and the commercial viability of our product candidates could be significantly reduced.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  current  and  future  relationships  with  third-party  payors  and  current  and  potential  customers  in  the  United  States  and
elsewhere  may  be  subject,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  applicable  anti-kickback,  fraud  and  abuse,  false  claims,  transparency,  health
information  privacy  and  security  and  other  healthcare  laws  and  regulations,  which  could  expose  us  to  criminal  sanctions,  civil
penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm administrative burdens and diminished profits and future earnings.

Our current and future arrangements with third-party payors and current and potential customers,  including  providers  and  physicians,  as
well  as  PODs,  as  discussed  above,  may  expose  us  to  broadly  applicable  fraud  and  abuse  and  other  healthcare  laws  and  regulations,
including,  without  limitation,  the  federal Anti-Kickback  Statute  and  the  federal  False  Claims Act,  which  may  constrain  the  business  or
financial  arrangements  and  relationships  through  which  we  sell,  market  and  distribute  our  products.  In  addition,  we  may  be  subject  to
transparency  laws  and  patient  privacy  regulations  by  U.S.  federal  and  state  governments  and  by  governments  in  foreign  jurisdictions  in
which  we  conduct  our  business.  The  applicable  federal,  state  and  foreign  healthcare  laws  and  regulations  that  may  affect  our  ability  to
operate include:

● 

the federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  which  prohibits,  among  other  things,  persons  from  knowingly  and  willfully  soliciting,
offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for,
either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment
may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid;

● federal civil  and  criminal  false  claims  laws  and  civil  monetary  penalty  laws,  including  the  federal  False  Claims Act,  which
impose criminal  and  civil  penalties,  including  civil  whistleblower  or  qui  tam  actions,  against  individuals  or  entities  for
knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs,
claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay
money to the federal government;

● the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability
for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

● HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and
their  respective implementing  regulations,  which  impose  obligations  on  covered  healthcare  providers,  health  plans,  and
healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable
health information for or on behalf of a covered entity, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of
individually identifiable health information;

● the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires (i) manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for
which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to
report  annually  to  CMS  information  related  to  certain  “payments  or  other  transfers  of  value”  made  to  physicians, which  is
defined  to  include  doctors,  dentists,  optometrists,  podiatrists  and  chiropractors,  and  teaching  hospitals,  with  data collection
beginning on August 1, 2013, (ii) applicable manufacturers and applicable group purchasing organizations to report  annually to
CMS  ownership  and  investment  interests  held  in  such  entities  by  physicians  and  their  immediate  family  members, with  data
collection beginning on August 1, 2013, (iii) manufacturers to submit reports to CMS by March 31, 2014 and the 90th  day of
each subsequent calendar year, and (iv) disclosure of such information by CMS on a publicly available website beginning in
September 2014; and

● analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or
marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors,
including private  insurers;  state  and  foreign  laws  that  require  medical  device  companies  to  comply  with  the  medical  device
industry’s voluntary  compliance  guidelines  and  the  relevant  compliance  guidance  promulgated  by  the  federal  government  or
otherwise  restrict payments  that  may  be  made  to  healthcare  providers;  state  and  foreign  laws  that  require  medical  device
manufacturers  to  report information  related  to  payments  and  other  transfers  of  value  to  physicians  and  other  healthcare
providers  or  marketing  expenditures; and  state  and  foreign  laws  governing  the  privacy  and  security  of  health  information  in
certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus
complicating compliance efforts. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable
healthcare laws and regulations may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our
business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse
or  other  healthcare  laws and  regulations.  If  our  operations  are  found  to  be  in  violation  of  any  of  these  laws  or  any  other
governmental  regulations that  may  apply  to  us,  we  may  be  subject  to  significant  civil,  criminal  and  administrative  penalties,
including, without limitation, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs,
such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid, and  the  curtailment  or  restructuring  of  our  operations,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse
effect on our business. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business,
including our collaborators, are found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or
administrative  sanctions, including  exclusions  from  participation  in  government  healthcare  programs,  which  could  also
materially affect our business.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain and monitor regulatory approval or
clearance of our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain for our products.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes
regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay clearance and/or approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-
clearance and post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell our products and any product candidates for which we obtain
marketing approval or clearance.

In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business
and  our  products. Any  new  regulations  or  revisions  or  reinterpretations  of  existing  regulations  may  impose  additional  costs  or  lengthen
review times of our products. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for our new products would have
a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  In  addition,  the  FDA  is  currently  evaluating  the
510(k) process and may make substantial changes to industry requirements, including which devices are eligible for 510(k) clearance, the
ability to rescind previously granted 510(k) clearances and additional requirements that may significantly impact the process.

Among  policy  makers  and  payors  in  the  United  States  and  elsewhere,  there  is  significant  interest  in  promoting  changes  in  healthcare
systems  with  the  stated  goals  of  containing  healthcare  costs,  improving  quality  and  expanding  access.  In  the  United  States,  the  medical
device  industry  has  been  a  particular  focus  of  these  efforts  and  has  been  significantly  affected  by  major  legislative  initiatives.  In  March
2010,  President  Obama  signed  into  law  the  Patient  Protection  and Affordable  Care Act,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Care  and  Education
Affordability  Reconciliation Act,  or  collectively  the ACA,  a  sweeping  law  intended,  among  other  things,  to  broaden  access  to  health
insurance,  reduce  or  constrain  the  growth  of  healthcare  spending,  enhance  remedies  against  fraud  and  abuse,  add  new  transparency
requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional
health policy reforms.

Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our products and product candidates are:

● a 2.3%  medical  device  excise  tax  on  the  U.S.  sales  of  most  medical  devices,  for  which  a  moratorium  on  the  payment  of  the

excise tax for 2016 and 2017 was enacted in December 2015;

● expansion of  healthcare  fraud  and  abuse  laws,  including  the  False  Claims  Act  and  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  and  new

government investigative powers and enhanced penalties for non-compliance;

● new requirements under the federal Open Payments program and its implementing regulations;

● a  new  Patient-Centered  Outcomes  Research  Institute  to  oversee,  identify  priorities  in,  and  conduct  comparative  clinical

effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and

● creation of an independent payment advisory board that will submit recommendations to reduce Medicare spending if projected

Medicare spending exceeds a specified growth rate.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, on August 2, 2011, the
President  signed  into  law  the  Budget  Control Act  of  2011,  which,  among  other  things,  created  the  Joint  Select  Committee  on  Deficit
Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction did not achieve a
targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several
government programs. This includes aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013.
On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or ATRA, which, among other things,
reduced  Medicare  payments  to  several  types  of  providers  and  increased  the  statute  of  limitations  period  for  the  government  to  recover
overpayments to providers from three to five years. On March 1, 2013, the President signed an executive order implementing the Budget
Control Act’s  2%  Medicare  payment  reductions,  and  on April  1,  2013,  these  reductions  went  into  effect.  These  new  laws  may  result  in
additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial operations.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that have been and may be adopted in the future, may result in more
rigorous  coverage  criteria  and  in  additional  downward  pressure  on  the  price  that  we  receive  for  our  products.  Any  reduction  in
reimbursement  from  Medicare  or  other  government  programs  may  result  in  a  similar  reduction  in  payments  from  private  payors.  The
implementation  of  cost  containment  measures  or  other  healthcare  reforms  may  affect  our  ability  to  generate  revenue  and  profits  or
commercialize our product candidates.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the European Union and some other international markets, the government provides health care at a low cost to consumers and regulates
prices of healthcare products, patient eligibility or reimbursement levels to control costs for the government-sponsored health care system.
Many  countries  are  reducing  their  public  expenditures  and  we  expect  to  see  strong  efforts  to  reduce  healthcare  costs  in  international
markets,  including  patient  access  restrictions,  suspensions  on  price  increases,  prospective  and  possibly  retroactive  price  reductions  and
other recoupments and increased mandatory discounts or rebates and recoveries of past price increases. These cost control measures could
reduce our revenues. In addition, certain countries set prices by reference to the prices in other countries where our products are marketed.
Thus, our inability to secure adequate prices in a particular country may not only limit the marketing of our products within that country,
but may also adversely affect our ability to obtain acceptable prices in other markets. This may create the opportunity for third-party cross
border trade or influence our decision to sell or not to sell a product, thus adversely affecting our geographic expansion plans and revenues.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Litigation

If  the  combination  of  patents,  trade  secrets  and  contractual  provisions  that  we  rely  on  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  is
inadequate, our ability to commercialize our orthopedic products successfully will be harmed, and we may not be able to operate
our business profitably.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights to the technologies incorporated in our products. We rely
on a combination of patent protection, trade secret laws and nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect our
proprietary technology. However, these may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage.

The  issuance  of  a  patent  is  not  conclusive  as  to  its  scope,  validity  or  enforceability.  The  scope,  validity  or  enforceability  of  our  issued
patents  can  be  challenged  in  litigation  or  proceedings  before  the  U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark  Office,  or  the  USPTO,  or  foreign  patent
offices. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to numerous important aspects of our products under development that
are not currently protected by any of our issued patents. We cannot assure you that any of our pending patent applications will result in the
issuance of patents to us. The USPTO or foreign patent offices may deny or require significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent
applications. Patents issued as a result of the pending patent applications, if any, may not provide us with significant commercial protection
or be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. Proceedings before the USPTO or foreign patent offices could result in adverse decisions
as to the priority of our inventions and the narrowing or invalidation of claims in issued patents. The laws of some foreign countries may
not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, if at all.

Our competitors may successfully challenge and invalidate or render unenforceable our issued patents, including any patents that may issue
in the future, which could prevent or limit our ability to market our products and could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing
products that are substantially equivalent to ours. In addition, competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that
provide outcomes that are comparable to our products but that are not covered by our patents.

We have also entered into confidentiality and assignment of intellectual property agreements with all of our employees, consultants and
advisors as one of the ways we seek to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary technology. However, these agreements may
not  be  enforceable  or  may  not  provide  meaningful  protection  for  our  trade  secrets  or  other  proprietary  information  in  the  event  of
unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements.

In the event a competitor infringes upon any of our patents or other intellectual property rights, enforcing our rights may be difficult, time
consuming and expensive, and would divert management’s attention from managing our business. There can be no assurance that we will
be successful on the merits in any enforcement effort. In addition, we may not have sufficient resources to litigate, enforce or defend our
intellectual property rights.

We  have  no  patent  protection  covering  the  composition  of  matter  for  our  solid  silicon  nitride  or  the  process  we  use  for
manufacturing our solid silicon nitride, and competitors may create silicon nitride formulations substantially similar to ours.

Although we have a number of U.S. and foreign patents and pending applications relating to our solid silicon nitride products or product
candidates, we have no patent protection either for the composition of matter for our silicon nitride or for the processes of manufacturing
solid silicon nitride. As a result, competitors may create silicon nitride formulations substantially similar to ours, and use their formulations
in products that may compete with our silicon nitride products, provided they do not violate our issued product patents. Although we have,
and will continue to develop, significant know-how related to these processes, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain
this  know-how  as  trade  secrets,  and  competitors  may  develop  or  acquire  equally  valuable  or  more  valuable  know-how  related  to  the
manufacture of silicon nitride.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We could become subject to intellectual property litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and
efforts, require us to pay damages, prevent us from marketing our commercially available products or product candidates and/or
reduce the margins we may realize from our products that we may commercialize.

The  medical  devices  industry  is  characterized  by  extensive  litigation  and  administrative  proceedings  over  patent  and  other  intellectual
property rights. Whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, and the determination is often uncertain.
There may be existing patents of which we are unaware that our products under development may inadvertently infringe. The likelihood
that patent infringement claims may be brought against us increases as the number of participants in the orthopedic market increases and as
we achieve more visibility in the market place and introduce products to market.

Any infringement claim against us, even if without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and would place a significant strain on
our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business, and harm our reputation. In some cases, litigation may
be  threatened  or  brought  by  a  patent  holding  company  or  other  adverse  patent  owner  who  has  no  relevant  product  revenues  and  against
whom our patents may provide little or no deterrence. If we were found to infringe any patents, we could be required to pay substantial
damages, including triple damages if an infringement is found to be willful, and royalties and could be prevented from selling our products
unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. We may not be able to obtain a license enabling us to
sell our products on reasonable terms, or at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that
would  not  infringe  those  patents.  If  we  fail  to  obtain  any  required  licenses  or  make  any  necessary  changes  to  our  technologies  or  the
products that incorporate them, we may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products or may have to withdraw products from
the market, all of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In  addition,  in  order  to  further  our  product  development  efforts,  we  have  entered  into  agreements  with  orthopedic  surgeons  to  help  us
design and develop new products, and we expect to enter into similar agreements in the future. In certain instances, we have agreed to pay
such  surgeons  royalties  on  sales  of  products  which  incorporate  their  product  development  contributions.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that
surgeons with whom we have entered into such arrangements will not claim to be entitled to a royalty even if we do not believe that such
products  were  developed  by  cooperative  involvement  between  us  and  such  surgeons.  In  addition,  some  of  our  surgeon  advisors  are
employed by academic or medical institutions or have agreements with other orthopedic companies pursuant to which they have agreed to
assign or are under an obligation to assign to those other companies or institutions their rights in inventions which they conceive or develop,
or help conceive or develop.

There can be no assurance that one or more of these orthopedic companies or institutions will not claim ownership rights to an invention we
develop  in  collaboration  with  our  surgeon  advisors  or  consultants  on  the  basis  that  an  agreement  with  such  orthopedic  company  or
institution gives it ownership rights in the invention or that our surgeon advisors on consultants otherwise have an obligation to assign such
inventions  to  such  company  or  institution. Any  such  claim  against  us,  even  without  merit,  may  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  costs,  and
would  place  a  significant  strain  on  our  financial  resources,  divert  the  attention  of  management  from  our  core  business  and  harm  our
reputation.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees, or our independent sales agencies have wrongfully
used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition agreements with our competitors or
non-solicitation agreements.

Many  of  our  employees  were  previously  employed  at  other  orthopedic  companies,  including  our  competitors  and  potential  competitors.
Many of our distributors and potential distributors sell, or in the past have sold, products of our competitors. We may be subject to claims
that either we, or these employees or distributors, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed the trade secrets or other proprietary
information of our competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee or sales
agent  to  break  the  terms  of  his  or  her  non-competition  agreement  or  non-solicitation  agreement.  Litigation  may  be  necessary  to  defend
against  these  claims.  Even  if  we  are  successful  in  defending  against  these  claims,  litigation  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  be  a
distraction to management. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying money damages, we may lose valuable intellectual
property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize products,
which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If our silicon nitride products or our product candidates conflict with the rights of others, we may not be able to manufacture or
market our products or product candidates, which could have a material and adverse effect on us.

Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third parties. Issued
patents held by others may limit our ability to develop commercial products. All issued patents are entitled to a presumption of validity
under the laws of the United States. If we need suitable licenses to such patents to permit us to develop or market our product candidates,
we  may  be  required  to  pay  significant  fees  or  royalties  and  we  cannot  be  certain  that  we  would  even  be  able  to  obtain  such  licenses.
Competitors or third parties may obtain patents that may cover subject matter we use in developing the technology required to bring our
products to market, that we use in producing our products, or that we use in treating patients with our products. We know that others have
filed  patent  applications  in  various  jurisdictions  that  relate  to  several  areas  in  which  we  are  developing  products.  Some  of  these  patent
applications have already resulted in patents and some are still pending. If we were found to infringe any of these issued patents or any of
the pending patent applications, when and if issued, we may be required to alter our processes or product candidates, pay licensing fees or
cease  activities.  If  use  of  technology  incorporated  into  or  used  to  produce  our  product  candidates  is  challenged,  or  if  our  processes  or
product candidates conflict with patent rights of others, third parties could bring legal actions against us, in Europe, the United States and
elsewhere, claiming damages and seeking to enjoin manufacturing and marketing of the affected products. Additionally, it is not possible to
predict with certainty what patent claims may issue from pending applications. In the United States, for example, patent prosecution can
proceed in secret prior to issuance of a patent, provided such application is not filed in foreign jurisdiction. For U.S. patent applications that
are also filed in foreign jurisdictions, such patent applications will not publish until 18 months from the filing date of the application. As a
result, third parties may be able to obtain patents with claims relating to our product candidates which they could attempt to assert against
us. Further, as we develop our products, third parties may assert that we infringe the patents currently held or licensed by them, and we
cannot predict the outcome of any such action.

There has been extensive litigation in the medical devices industry over patents and other proprietary rights. If we become involved in any
litigation,  it  could  consume  a  substantial  portion  of  our  resources,  regardless  of  the  outcome  of  the  litigation.  If  these  legal  actions  are
successful,  in  addition  to  any  potential  liability  for  damages,  we  could  be  required  to  obtain  a  license,  grant  cross-licenses  and  pay
substantial royalties in order to continue to manufacture or market the affected products.

We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  would  prevail  in  any  legal  action  or  that  any  license  required  under  a  third  party  patent  would  be  made
available on acceptable terms, or at all. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or forced to cease some aspect
of our business operations, as a result of claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights, which could have a
material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Potential Litigation from Operating Our Business

We may become subject to potential product liability claims, and we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance
coverage.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the design, testing, manufacture, sale and distribution of
our currently marketed products and each of our product candidates that we are seeking to introduce to the market. The use of orthopedic
medical  devices  can  involve  significant  risks  of  serious  complications,  including  bleeding,  nerve  injury,  paralysis,  infection,  and  even
death. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance
rates  or  in  our  inability  to  secure  coverage  in  the  future  on  commercially  reasonable  terms,  if  at  all.  In  addition,  if  our  product  liability
insurance proves to be inadequate to pay a damage award, we may have to pay the excess of this award out of our cash reserves, which
could significantly harm our financial condition. If longer-term patient results and experience indicate that our products or any component
of  a  product  causes  tissue  damage,  motor  impairment  or  other  adverse  effects,  we  could  be  subject  to  significant  liability. A  product
liability claim, even one without merit, could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees, and result in the diversion of
management’s attention from managing our business.

Any claims relating to our improper handling, storage or disposal of biological or hazardous materials could be time consuming
and costly.

Although  we  do  not  believe  that  the  manufacture  of  our  silicon  nitride  or  non-silicon  nitride  products  will  involve  the  use  of  hazardous
materials, it is possible that regulatory authorities may disagree or that changes to our manufacturing processes may result in such use. Our
business and facilities and those of our suppliers and future suppliers may therefore be subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and
regulations  governing  the  use,  manufacture,  storage,  handling  and  disposal  of  hazardous  materials  and  waste  products.  We  may  incur
significant expenses in the future relating to any failure to comply with environmental laws. Any such future expenses or liability could
have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock is volatile and is likely to continue to fluctuate due to reasons beyond our control.

The volatility of orthopedic company stocks, including shares of our common stock, often do not correlate to the operating performance of
the  companies  represented  by  such  stocks  or  our  operating  performance.  Some  of  the  factors  that  may  cause  the  market  price  of  our
common stock to fluctuate include:

● our ability to sell our current products and the cost of revenue;

● our ability  to  develop,  obtain  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  for,  and  market  new  and  enhanced  product  candidates  on  a

timely basis;

●  our ability to enter into OEM and PLA agreements and the terms of those agreements;

● 

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals, clearances or future applications;

●  our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products, product enhancements, significant contracts,
number and productivity of distributors, number of hospitals and surgeons using products, acquisitions or strategic investments;

● 

announcements of technological or medical innovations for the treatment of orthopedic pathology;

●  delays or other problems with the manufacturing of our products, product candidates and related instrumentation;

●  volume and timing of orders for our products and our product candidates, if and when commercialized;

● 

changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the United States and other countries;

●  quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

● 

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our common stock;

● 

failure to meet estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our stock;

● 

changes in the fair value of our derivative liabilities resulting from changes in the market price of our common stock, which
may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results;

● 

changes in healthcare policy in the United States and internationally;

●  product liability claims or other litigation involving us;

● 

sales of a substantial aggregate number of shares of our common stock;

● 

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

●  disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

● 

changes in accounting principles;

● 

changes to tax policy;

●  general market  conditions  and  other  factors,  including  factors  unrelated  to  our  operating  performance  or  the  operating

performance of our competitors.

These and other external factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit
or  prevent  our  stockholders  from  readily  selling  their  shares  of  common  stock  and  may  otherwise  negatively  affect  the  liquidity  of  our
common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted
securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur
substantial costs defending the lawsuit regardless of the merits of the case or the eventual outcome. Such a lawsuit also would divert the
time and attention of our management from running our company.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities analysts may not continue to provide coverage of our common stock or may issue negative reports, which may have a
negative impact on the market price of our common stock.

Since completing our initial public offering of shares of our common stock in February 2014, a limited number of securities analysts have
begun  providing  research  coverage  of  our  common  stock.  If  securities  analysts  do  not  continue  to  cover  our  common  stock,  the  lack  of
research coverage may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The trading market for our common stock may be affected
in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more of the analysts who elect to
cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could
lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and a global settlement among the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulatory agencies and a
number  of  investment  banks,  which  was  reached  in  2003,  many  investment  banking  firms  are  required  to  contract  with  independent
financial analysts for their stock research. It may be difficult for a company such as ours, with a smaller market capitalization, to attract
independent financial analysts that will cover our common stock. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change in control, even if
an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely and prevent attempts by our
stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  restated  bylaws  contain  provisions  that  could  discourage,  delay  or  prevent  a  merger,
acquisition or other change in control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable,
including  transactions  in  which  you  might  receive  a  premium  for  your  shares.  These  provisions  also  could  limit  the  price  that  investors
might  be  willing  to  pay  in  the  future  for  shares  of  our  common  stock,  thereby  depressing  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock.
Stockholders  who  wish  to  participate  in  these  transactions  may  not  have  the  opportunity  to  do  so.  Furthermore,  these  provisions  could
prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove management. These provisions:

● allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

● provide for a classified board of directors, such that not all members of our board will be elected at one time;

● prohibit our  stockholders  from  filling  board  vacancies,  limit  who  may  call  stockholder  meetings,  and  prohibit  the  taking  of

stockholder action by written consent;

● prohibit our stockholders from making certain changes to our restated certificate of incorporation or restated bylaws except with

the approval of holders of 75% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

● require advance  written  notice  of  stockholder  proposals  that  can  be  acted  upon  at  stockholders  meetings  and  of  director

nominations to our board of directors; and

● authorize our board of directors to create and issue, without prior stockholder approval, preferred stock that may have rights
senior to  those  of  our  common  stock  and  that,  if  issued,  could  operate  as  a  “poison  pill”  to  dilute  the  stock  ownership of  a
potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that is not approved by our board of directors.

In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business
combinations  with  stockholders  owning  15%  or  more  of  our  outstanding  voting  stock. Any  delay  or  prevention  of  a  change  in  control
transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for debt service and use in the operation and expansion of
our  business.  The  Hercules  Secured  Credit  Facility  contains  a  negative  covenant  which  prohibits  us  from  paying  dividends  to  our
stockholders  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  Hercules  Technology.  In  addition,  the  terms  of  any  future  debt  or  credit  facility  may
preclude us from paying any dividends.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Public Companies

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and a “smaller reporting
company”  and  the  reduced  disclosure  requirements  applicable  to  emerging  growth  companies  and  smaller  reporting  companies
may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we
continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable
to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation
requirements  of  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  (2)  reduced  disclosure  obligations  regarding  executive  compensation  in  our
periodic  reports  and  proxy  statements  and  (3)  exemptions  from  the  requirements  of  holding  a  nonbinding  advisory  vote  on  executive
compensation  and  stockholder  approval  of  any  golden  parachute  payments  not  previously  approved. Additionally,  under  the  JOBS Act,
emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private
companies. We are electing to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such
standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to
the financial statements of other public companies.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, we may be able to
maintain emerging growth company status for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if
the  market  value  of  our  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  exceeds  $700  million  as  of  any  June  30  before  the  end  of  such  five-year
period or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no
longer  be  an  emerging  growth  company  as  of  the  following  December  31.  Additionally,  if  we  issue  more  than  $1.0  billion  in  non-
convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately.

We are also currently a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and in the event that we are still
considered  a  smaller  reporting  company  at  such  time  as  we  cease  being  an  emerging  growth  company,  we  will  be  required  to  provide
additional disclosure in our SEC filings. However, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies are able to provide
simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings, are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
requiring  that  independent  registered  public  accounting  firms  provide  an  attestation  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over
financial reporting, and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings, including, among other things, only being
required to provide two years of audited financial statements in annual reports. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common
stock less attractive because of our reliance on any of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result,
there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We incur substantial costs as a result of being a public company and our management expects to devote substantial time to public
company compliance programs.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with public company
reporting.  We  intend  to  invest  resources  to  comply  with  evolving  laws,  regulations  and  standards,  and  this  investment  will  result  in
increased  general  and  administrative  expenses  and  may  divert  management’s  time  and  attention  from  product  development  and
commercialization  activities.  If  our  efforts  to  comply  with  new  laws,  regulations  and  standards  differ  from  the  activities  intended  by
regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and
our  business  may  be  harmed.  These  laws  and  regulations  could  make  it  more  difficult  and  costly  for  us  to  obtain  director  and  officer
liability insurance for our directors and officers, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to
obtain  coverage.  These  factors  could  also  make  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  executive  officers  and  qualified
members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit and compensation committees. In addition, if we are unable to continue
to meet the legal, regulatory and other requirements related to being a public company, we may not be able to maintain the listing of our
common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market, which would likely have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common
stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

Our  54,000  square  foot  corporate  office  and  manufacturing  facilities  are  located  in  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.  We  occupy  these  facilities
pursuant to a lease that expires in January 2020. Pursuant to the terms of the lease agreement, we may extend the lease for two additional
periods of five years each. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current and projected needs for the foreseeable future.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings. However, our industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation,
including  claims  regarding  intellectual  property  and  product  liability. As  a  result,  we  may  be  subject  to  various  legal  proceedings  in  the
future.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

This item does not apply to our business.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS,  AND  ISSUER

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our shares of common stock are currently quoted on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “AMDA”.

The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of our common stock, as reported by NASDAQ Capital Markets for the periods
indicated:

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Holders of Record

2015

High

Low

16.80    $
12.15    $
12.59    $
7.02    $

2014

High

Low

140.55    $
121.50    $
71.18    $
51.45    $

4.86 
3.06 
4.52 
1.35 

79.50 
61.95 
23.70 
8.25 

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

As of March 7, 2016, we had approximately 426 holders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are
held  by  brokers  and  other  institutions  on  behalf  of  stockholders,  this  number  is  not  indicative  of  the  total  number  of  stockholders
represented by these stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have not paid dividends to stockholders since inception and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently
intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance our growth.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Not applicable.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF

OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated
financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking
statements  based  upon  current  beliefs,  plans,  expectations,  intentions  and  projections  that  involve  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions,
such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and projections. Our actual results and the timing of selected
events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set
forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Overview

We are a commercial biomaterial company focused on using our silicon nitride ceramic technology platform to develop, manufacture and
sell a broad range of medical devices. We currently market spinal fusion products made with our silicon nitride biomaterial technology and
are developing a new generation of wear- and corrosion-resistant implant components for hip and knee arthroplasty also manufactured from
our silicon nitride biomaterial. We believe our silicon nitride technology platform enables us to offer new and transformative products in
the  orthopedic  and  other  medical  device  markets.  We  believe  we  are  the  first  and  only  company  to  use  silicon  nitride  in  medical
applications. More than 25,000 of our silicon nitride spine products have been implanted in patients.

Biomaterials  come  in  an  array  of  synthetic  or  natural  materials  available  in  a  variety  of  forms  that  are  used  in  virtually  every  medical
specialty. We believe our silicon nitride biomaterial has superior characteristics compared to commonly used biomaterials in the markets
we  are  targeting,  including  polyetheretherketone,  or  PEEK,  which  is  the  most  common  biomaterial  used  for  interbody  spinal  fusion
products. Specifically, we believe our silicon nitride has the following key attributes: promotion of bone growth; antibacterial properties;
superior biocompatibility; hardness, strength and resistance to fracture; resistance to wear; non-corrosive; and superior diagnostic imaging
compatibility.

We currently market our Valeo™ family of silicon nitride interbody spinal fusion devices in the United States, Europe and Brazil for use in
the cervical and thoracolumbar areas of the spine. We believe our Valeo devices have a number of advantages over existing products due to
silicon nitride’s key characteristics, resulting in faster and more effective fusion and reduced risk of infection.

In addition to our silicon nitride-based spinal fusion products, we market a line of non-silicon nitride spinal surgery products which allows
us to provide surgeons and hospitals with a more complete solution for spinal procedures. These additional products are complementary to
our fusion products and are designed for the treatment of deformity and degenerative spinal procedures. Although our non-silicon nitride
products  have  accounted  for  approximately  48%  and  52%  of  our  product  revenues  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,
respectively,  we  believe  the  continued  promotion  and  potential  for  adoption  of  our  silicon  nitride  products  and  product  candidates,  if
approved, provides us the greatest opportunity to grow our business in new and existing markets and achieve our goal to become a leading
biomaterial company.

In addition to the markets into which we directly sell our products, we are utilizing our silicon nitride technology platform to expand our
current penetration in the spinal fusion market through original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) and private label partnerships. We also
expect to do the same in other markets such as total hip and knee joint replacements, dental, extremities, trauma, and sports medicine. We
believe  our  biomaterial  expertise,  strong  intellectual  property,  and  formulaic  manufacturing  process  will  allow  us  to  transition  currently
available medical device products made of inferior biomaterials and manufacture them using our proprietary silicon nitride formulation and
technology platform to improve their characteristics. We believe the OEM and private label partnerships we will continue to develop will
lead to an accelerated adoption of silicon nitride for medical applications and offer the Company incremental revenue at improved margins
as compared to our existing distributor spine sales.

We are also incorporating our silicon nitride technology into components for use in total hip and knee replacement product candidates that
we plan on developing in collaboration with a strategic partner. We believe that our silicon nitride total hip and knee product candidates
will  provide  competitive  advantages  over  current  products  made  with  traditional  biomaterials.  We  also  believe  our  silicon  nitride
technology  platform  can  be  used  for  developing  products  in  other  markets  and  have  developed  prototypes  for  use  in  the  dental,  sports
medicine, extremities, and trauma markets. As a result of some of the key characteristics of our silicon nitride, we also believe our coating
technology may be used to enhance our metal products as well as commercially available metal spinal fusion, joint replacement and other
medical products.

We operate a 30,000 square foot manufacturing facility located at our corporate headquarters in Salt Lake City, Utah, and we are the only
vertically integrated silicon nitride medical device manufacturer in the world. We market and sell our products to surgeons and hospitals in
the  United  States  and  select  markets  in  Europe  and  South America  through  an  established  network  of  more  than  50  independent  sales
distributors who are managed by our experienced in-house sales and marketing management team.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recent Developments

September 2015 Offering

In September 2015, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement whereby it issued to certain investors 874,891 shares of
common stock at a price of $5.72 per share for gross proceeds of $5.0 million before deducting placement agent fees and related offering
expenses of $663,000. Pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement the company also issued to the investors 874,891 each of
Series A warrants, Series B warrants and Series C warrants.

Shareholder approval was required for the issuance of the common shares underlying the Series B and Series C warrants. On November 3,
2015, the stockholders approved the proposal to allow the Company to issue the underlying shares upon exercise of the Series B and Series
C  warrants.  In  November  2015,  the  automatic  exercise  provision  of  the  Series  B  warrants  triggered  and  the  Company  received  gross
proceeds of $5.0 million and issued 3,324,192 shares of common stock in exchange for all 874,891 of the Series B warrants. Furthermore,
pursuant to the terms of the warrant agreement, the number of Series A warrants increased by 3,324,192 to 4,199,082 and the exercise price
of the Series A warrant was adjusted from $7.05 to $1.50. In December 2015, the Company amended the Series A and Series C warrants,
whereby the exercise prices of the Series A and Series C warrants were fixed at $1.50 and the number of Series C warrants was fixed at
1,093,613. The Company received gross proceeds of $1.4 million and issued 962,969 shares of common stock upon exercise of 962,969
Series  C  warrants.  The  remaining  130,644  Series  C  warrants  expired  on  December  30,  2015.  Furthermore,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the
warrant agreement, the number of Series A warrants increased by 962,969. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company issued
1,315,781 shares of common stock upon the cashless exercise of 3,924,687 Series A warrants. There were 1,237,365 outstanding Series A
warrants  at  December  31,  2015  that  terminate  on  December  11,  2020.  Subsequent  to  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  issued  536,388
shares  of  common  stock  upon  the  cashless  exercise  of  1,137,365  Series A  warrants.  The  Company  paid  $585,000  in  offering  costs  in
connection with the proceeds received from the exercise of the Series B and C warrants.

Components of our Results of Operations

We  manage  our  business  within  one  reportable  segment,  which  is  consistent  with  how  our  management  reviews  our  business,  makes
investment and resource allocation decisions and assesses operating performance.

Product Revenue

We  derive  our  product  revenue  primarily  from  the  sale  of  spinal  fusion  devices  and  related  products  used  in  the  treatment  of  spine
disorders. Our product revenue is generated from sales to three types of customers: (1) surgeons and hospitals; (2) stocking distributors; and
(3)  private  label  customers.  Most  of  our  products  are  sold  on  a  consignment  basis  through  a  network  of  independent  sales  distributors;
however, we also sell our products to independent stocking distributors and private label customers. Product revenue is recognized when all
four of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (2) delivery of the products has occurred; (3) the
selling price of the product is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. We generate the majority of our revenue
from  the  sale  of  inventory  that  is  consigned  to  independent  sales  distributors  that  sell  our  products  to  surgeons  and  hospitals.  For  these
products, we recognize revenue at the time we are notified the product has been used or implanted and all other revenue recognition criteria
have been met. For all other transactions, we recognize revenue when title and risk of loss transfer to the stocking distributor or private
label  customers,  and  all  other  revenue  recognition  criteria  have  been  met.  We  generally  recognize  revenue  from  sales  to  stocking
distributors and private label customers at the time the product is shipped to the distributor. Stocking distributors, who sell the products to
their customers, take title to the products and assume all risks of ownership at time of shipment. Our stocking distributors are obligated to
pay within specified terms regardless of when, if ever, they sell the products. Our policy is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to
customers  as  an  offset  to  total  shipping  expense  in  the  statement  of  operations,  primarily  within  sales  and  marketing.  In  general,  our
customers do not have any rights of return or exchange.

We believe our product revenue from the sale of our silicon nitride based products will increase due to our sales and marketing efforts and
as we introduce new silicon nitride based products into the market and product revenue from the sale of our non-silicon nitride products to
remain flat. We expect that our product revenue will continue to be primarily attributable to sales of our products in the United States.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Revenue

The expenses that are included in cost of revenue include all direct product costs if we obtained the product from third-party manufacturers
and our in-house manufacturing costs for the products we manufacture. We obtain our non-silicon nitride products, including our metal and
orthobiologic products, from third-party manufacturers, while we currently manufacture our silicon-nitride products in-house.

Specific provisions for excess or obsolete inventory and, beginning  in  2013,  the  excise  tax  on  the  sale  of  medical  devices  in  the  United
States, are also included in cost of revenue. In addition, we pay royalties attributable to the sale of specific products to some of our surgeon
advisors that assisted us in the design, regulatory clearance or commercialization of a particular product, and these payments are recorded
as cost of revenue.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit measures our product revenue relative to our cost of revenue. We expect our gross profit to decrease as we expand the
penetration of our silicon nitride technology platform through OEM and private label partnerships.

Research and Development Expenses

Our  net  research  and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Research  and  development  costs  consist  of  engineering,  product
development, clinical trials, test-part manufacturing, testing, developing and validating the manufacturing process, manufacturing, facility
and regulatory-related costs. Research and development expenses also include employee compensation, employee and non-employee stock-
based  compensation,  supplies  and  materials,  consultant  services,  and  travel  and  facilities  expenses  related  to  research  activities.  To  the
extent  that  certain  research  and  development  expenses  are  directly  related  to  our  manufactured  products,  such  expenses  and  related
overhead costs are allocated to inventory.

We expect to incur additional research and development costs as we continue to develop new spinal fusion products, our product candidates
for total joint replacements, such as our total hip replacement product candidate, and our silicon nitride-coated metals which may increase
our total research and development expenses.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales  and  marketing  expenses  consist  of  salaries,  benefits  and  other  related  costs,  including  stock-based  compensation,  for  personnel
employed  in  sales,  marketing,  medical  education  and  training.  In  addition,  our  sales  and  marketing  expenses  include  commissions  and
bonuses, generally based on a percentage of sales, to our sales managers and independent sales distributors. We provide our products in kits
or  banks  that  consist  of  a  range  of  device  sizes  and  separate  instruments  necessary  to  complete  the  surgical  procedure.  We  generally
consign our instruments to our distributors or our hospital customers that purchase the device used in spinal fusion surgery. Our sales and
marketing expenses include depreciation of the surgical instruments.

We  expect  our  sales  and  marketing  expenses  will  remain  flat  or  slightly  decline  due  to  the  recently  implemented  cost  saving  measures.
Additionally, we expect our commissions to continue to increase in absolute terms over time but remain approximately the same or decrease
as a percentage of product revenue.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for
certain members of our executive team and other personnel employed in finance, legal, compliance, administrative, information technology,
customer  service,  executive  and  human  resource  departments.  General  and  administrative  expenses  include  allocated  facility  expenses,
related travel expenses and professional fees for accounting and legal services.

We  continue  to  see  the  benefits  of  the  restructure  made  in  January  2015  and  expect  to  realize  additional  savings  in  general  and
administrative expenses in 2016.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  our  results  of  operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014  (in
thousands):

Product revenue
Costs of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
General and administrative
Sales and marketing
Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Other income (expense), net
Net loss before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss

Product Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2015

 2014

$ Change

    % Change

  $

  $

19,453    $
6,250     
13,203     

6,387     
6,436     
12,421     
25,244     
(12,041)    
(11,871)    
(23,912)    
-     
(23,912)   $

22,765    $
7,910     
14,855     

6,742     
13,588     
18,692     
39,022     
(24,167)    
(8,415)    
(32,582)    
-     
(32,582)   $

(3,312)    
(1,660)    
(1,652)    

(355)    
(7,152)    
(6,271)    
(13,778)    
12,126     
(3,456)    
8,670     
-     
8,670     

(15)%
(21)%
(11)%

(5)%
(53)%
(34)%
(35)%
50%
(41)%
27%

N/A 

27%

The following table sets forth our product revenue from sales of the indicated product category for the years ended December 31, 2015 and
2014 (in thousands):

Silicon Nitride
Non-Silicon Nitride
Total product revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

$ Change

    % Change

  $

  $

10,121    $
9,332     
19,453    $

10,824    $
11,941     
22,765    $

(703)    
(2,609)    
(3,312)    

(6)%
(22)%
(15)%

Total product revenue was $19.5 million in 2015 as compared to $22.8 million in 2014, a decrease of $3.3 million or 15%. This decline was
primarily due to lower metals sales as a result of a decline in the level of activity for a few key surgeons, the lack of investment in new
metals product and our continued focus and investment in sales and marketing efforts of our silicon nitride products. Silicon nitride sales
decreased  by  $0.7  million,  or  6%,  as  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2014.  This  decline  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  loss  of  a  few
surgeons during the year and consequences from our restructuring. This was partially offset by the addition of new surgeons, re-engaging
lost surgeons, and increased international and private label sales.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our product revenue by geographic area (in thousands):

Domestic
International
Total product revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

$ Change

    % Change

  $

  $

19,293    $
160     
19,453    $

22,696    $
69     
22,765    $

(3,403)    
91     
(3,312)    

(15)%
132%
(15)%

International revenue increased in 2015 as compared to 2014 primarily as a result of having received regulatory approval to begin selling
our silicon nitride products in Brazil.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

Our cost of revenue decreased $1.7 million, or 21%, as compared to the same period in 2014. The decrease in cost of revenue was primarily
a result of reduced sales in 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. Our gross profit as a percentage of product revenue increased by
3  points  to  68%  in  2015  from  65%  for  the  same  period  in  2014  as  a  result  of  our  efforts  to  reduce  product  costs  through  production
efficiencies and lower overhead costs and a decrease in excess and obsolete inventory in 2015 as compared to 2014.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses decreased $0.4 million, or 5%, as compared to the same period in 2014. This decrease was primarily
due to a $2.1 million decrease in stock-based compensation and $2.0 million decrease in personnel related and other development costs.
This was offset by an increase in operating expenses that could not be allocated to inventory due to lower production levels of our Valeo
products  in  2015  as  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2014.  In  2014,  as  a  result  of  the  ramp-up  phase  for  our  second  generation Valeo
products, these overhead costs had previously been allocated to inventory.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses decreased $7.2 million, or 53%, as compared to the same period in 2014. This decrease was primarily
due to a $5.7 million decrease in stock-based compensation, a $0.7 million decrease in personnel related costs and $0.6 million decrease in
other operating expenses as we have reduced operating costs in 2015.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses decreased $6.3 million, or 34%, as compared to the same period in 2014. This decrease was primarily due to
a $2.2 million decrease in stock compensation, a $1.6 million decrease in commissions due to lower sales, and a $2.6 million decrease in
personnel related costs, travel, consulting and other operating expenses as we have reduced operating costs in 2015.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other  expense  increased  $3.5  million  as  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2014.  This  increase  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  of  $7.4
million from the change in fair value of derivative liabilities primarily due to the issuance of warrants in the September 2015 Offering, a
$1.3 million loss on extinguishment of derivative liabilities during 2015 when certain warrants were exercised and a $0.7 million increase
in interest expense from additional debt incurred during the second quarter of 2014. These increases were partially offset by a $1.2 million
decrease in offering expenses and a $2.2 million gain on the extinguishment of debt during 2015 as compared to a $2.2  million  loss  on
extinguishment of debt for the same period in 2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In 2015 and 2014, we incurred a net loss of $23.9 million and $32.6 million, respectively, and used cash in operations of $9.1 million and
$14.5 million, respectively. We have an accumulated deficit of $196.5 million as of December 31, 2015. To date, our operations have been
principally financed from proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock and common stock, convertible debt and bank debt and,
to  a  lesser  extent,  cash  generated  from  product  sales. As  of  December  31,  2015,  we  had  approximately  $11.5  million  in  cash  and  cash
equivalents.

We  will  need,  from  time-to-time,  to  seek  additional  financing  through  the  issuance  of  common  stock  and/or  debt,  to  satisfy  our  debt
obligations and financial covenants, meet our working capital requirements, make continued investment in research and development and
make capital expenditures needed for us to maintain and expand our business. We anticipate we will need to obtain additional funding in
the  second  quarter  of  2016  to  maintain  compliance  with  the  financial  and  liquidity  covenants  related  to  the  Hercules  Term  Loan.  If  the
Company  is  unable  to  access  additional  funds  prior  to  becoming  non-compliant  with  the  financial  and  liquidity  covenants  related  to  the
Hercules Term Loan, the entire remaining balance of the debt under the Hercules Term Loan could become immediately due and payable
at  the  option  of  Hercules  Technology.  We  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  additional  financing  on  terms  favorable  to  us,  if  at  all.  It  is  also
possible  that  we  may  allocate  significant  amounts  of  capital  toward  solutions  or  technologies  for  which  market  demand  is  lower  than
anticipated  and,  as  a  result,  abandon  such  efforts.  If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  adequate  financing  or  financing  on  terms  satisfactory  to  us
when we require it, or if we expend capital on projects that are not successful, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to
respond  to  business  challenges  could  be  significantly  limited,  or  we  may  even  have  to  scale  back  our  operations.  If  we  raise  additional
funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any
new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock.

Going Concern

Our ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if not achieved on a timely basis, will materially harm our business, financial
condition  and  results  of  operations.  These  uncertainties  create  substantial  doubt  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Our
independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph regarding substantial doubt about our ability to continue
as  a  going  concern  in  their  report  on  our  annual  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2015.  The  financial
information throughout this Annual Report have been prepared on a basis which assumes that we will continue as a going concern, which
contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. This financial
information and statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Cash Flows

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities (in thousands):

Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash used by investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net cash provided (used)

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

  Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

  $

  $

(9,063)   $
(658)    
2,959     
(6,762)   $

(14,522)
(1,737)
32,227 
15,968 

Net cash used in operating activities was $9.1 million in 2015, compared to $14.5 million used in 2014, a decrease of $5.4 million, or 37%.
The decrease in cash used in operating activities during 2015 was primarily attributable to lower production rates resulting in a $4.5 million
decrease in inventories and lower operating expenses, which were partially offset by $0.9 million of severance and benefits for terminated
employees paid during 2015.

Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.7 million during 2015, compared to $1.7 million used in investing activities during the same
period in 2014, a decrease of $1.0 million. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities during 2015 was primarily attributable to
decreased  purchases  of  property  and  equipment  of  $1.4  million  offset  by  a  decrease  in  restricted  cash  of  $0.4  million  during  2015  as
compared to 2014.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $3.0  million  during  2015,  compared  to  $32.2  million  provided  during  the  same  period  in
2014, a decrease of $29.2 million. The cash provided by financing activities in 2015 was primarily attributable to receiving $10.2 million in
net  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  common  stock  and  warrants  which  was  offset  by  long-term  debt  payments  of  $7.1  million.  The  cash
provided by financing activities in 2014 was primarily attributable to receiving $15.4 million in net proceeds from the issuance of common
stock in our IPO, receiving $11.3 million in net proceeds from the issuance of units in our secondary offering. Additionally, long-term debt
increased by $5.8 million in 2014 due to the debt refinancing in June and August 2014.

Indebtedness

Magna Notes

On April  2,  2015,  we  entered  into  an Amendment  and  Exchange Agreement  (the  “Amendment Agreement”)  with  MG  Partners  II  Ltd.
(“Magna”). The Amendment Agreement provides for the issuance by the Company to Magna of two new senior convertible notes, one with
a  maturity  date  in  June  2016  and  one  with  a  maturity  date  in August  2016  (the  “June  Note”,  the  “August  Note,”  and  collectively  the
“Exchange  Convertible  Notes”)  in  exchange  for  the  Initial  Convertible  Note,  the Additional  Convertible  Note  and  a  warrant  issued  to
Magna  (“Magna  Warrant”)  to  purchase  37,926  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $69.75.  The  exchange
resulted in the cancellation of the Initial Convertible Note, Additional Convertible Note and Magna Warrant.

On June 19, 2015, the Company received written notice from Magna that an event of default had occurred with respect to the Exchange
Convertible  Notes  and  underlying  agreements.  On  September  8,  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Settlement  and  Waiver Agreement
(“Settlement Agreement”) with Magna. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the Company paid Magna $2.5 million from the September
2015 Offering discussed above to redeem the entire $0.8 million of outstanding principal amount and the accrued interest of the June Note
and  to  partially  redeem  $1.4  million  principal  amount  of  the August  Note  and  any  accrued  interest.  In  November  2015,  the  Company
received  gross  proceeds  of  $5.0  million  from  the  exercise  of  the  Series  B  Warrants  from  which  the  Company  paid  Magna  an  additional
$1.25 million to partially redeem $1.1 million of the remaining principal amount of the August Note and any accrued interest. In December
2015, the Company raised an additional $1.4 million from the exercise of the Series C warrants issued in September 2015 from which the
Company paid Magna an additional $0.4 million to partially redeem $0.3 million of the remaining principal amount of the August Note and
any  accrued  interest.  The  Company  has  agreed  to  pay  an  additional  $0.8  million  to  redeem  in  full  the  remaining August  Note  principal
balance and interest if the Company receives gross proceeds of $3.6 million from the sale of equity securities. As part of the Settlement
Agreement, Magna waived its event of default notice delivered to the Company on June 19, 2015 and its right to convert the August Note
into shares of common stock.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Settlement Agreement  was  accounted  for  as  a  debt  extinguishment  and  the  Company  recorded  a  gain  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of
$2.4 million. Since the conversion features of the Exchange Convertible Notes were eliminated, the estimated fair value of the conversion
features of $3.5 million was extinguished and included in the calculation of the gain on extinguishment of debt.

The outstanding principal amount of the remaining Magna August Note was $0.8 million at December 31, 2015. The Magna August Note
matures on August 11, 2016, and accrues interest at an annual rate of 6.0%.

Hercules Term Loan

On  June  30,  2014,  we  entered  into  a  Loan  and  Security Agreement  with  Hercules  Technology  Capital,  Inc.  (“Hercules  Technology”  or
“Hercules”)  in  connection  with  the  Hercules  Term  Loan.  The  Hercules  Term  Loan  provided  us  with  a  $20  million  term  loan.  Principal
payments commenced August 1, 2015 and are to be made in 30 equal installments of approximately $700,000, with the remainder due at
maturity. The outstanding amount of the Hercules Term at December 31, 2015 was $17.1 million and it matures on January 1, 2018. The
Hercules Term Loan also includes a non-refundable final payment fee of $1.7 million. The final payment fee is being accrued and recorded
to interest expense over the life of the loan.

The Hercules Term Loan bears interest at the rate of the greater of either (i) the prime rate plus 9.2%, and (ii) 12.5%, which was 12.7% at
December 31, 2015. Interest accrues from the closing date of the loan and interest payments are due monthly. Our obligations to Hercules
are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property. The Hercules Term Loan
contains certain covenants related to restrictions on payments to certain affiliates and financial reporting requirements.

On  September  8,  2015,  we  entered  into  a  Consent  and  First  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  (the  “Amendment”)  with
Hercules. The Amendment amends certain terms of the Hercules Loan and Security Agreement and grants to us certain consents relating to
the Settlement Agreement with Magna discussed above. The Amendment provides that if we prepay the Hercules Term Loan, we must pay
a prepayment charge of 1.5% of the amount being prepaid until September 8, 2016 and 0.75% thereafter. The Amendment also increased
the fee we must pay to Hercules upon prepayment of the loan or upon maturity of the loan from $1.5 million to $1.7 million. Further, the
annual interest rate on the loan increase by 1.5% on December 30, 2015 from 11.2% to 12.7% since we didn’t receive gross proceeds of at
least $10.0 million from the exercise of the Series B and Series C Warrants discussed above. As part of the Amendment, Hercules waived
and released its event of default notice sent on June 30, 2015. Additionally, the Amendment reduces our obligation to maintain cash and
cash  equivalents  of  not  less  than  $9.0  million  to  an  amount  that  varies  based  on  the  loan  amount.  The  minimum  cash  requirement  is
reduced  by  $500,000  for  every  $1.0  million  paid  in  principal  to  a  minimum  of  $2.5  million.  The  minimum  cash  and  cash  equivalents
balance required to maintain compliance with the minimum liquidity covenant at December 31, 2015 was $8.0 million. Although we were
in compliance with the liquidity covenant at December 31, 2015, we anticipate we will be non-compliant with the liquidity covenant during
the  second  quarter  of  2016  if  the  note  is  not  refinanced  or  additional  financing  is  not  obtained,  and  have  therefore  classified  the  entire
obligation  as  a  current  liability.  As  part  of  the  Amendment,  the  warrant  held  by  Hercules  was  modified  to  increase  the  number  of
underlying shares to 103,226 and decreased the exercise price to $1.50.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

Long-term debt (1)
Operating leases

Total contractual obligations

Total

  $

  $

17,814    $
3,790     
21,604    $

Less Than
1 Year

    1-3 Years

4-5 Years

After 
5 Years

8,429    $
910     
9,339    $

9,385    $
2,880     
12,265    $

-    $
-     
-    $

- 
- 
- 

(1) Does not include the $1.7 million final payment fee we must pay upon prepayment in full or scheduled maturity of the term loan or

monthly interest payments.

The information above reflects only payment obligations that are fixed and determinable. Our commitments for long-term debt relate to our
term loan with Hercules and convertible notes with Magna and our commitments for operating leases relate to our operating lease for our
corporate headquarters and manufacturing facility in Salt Lake City, Utah and other equipment leases. The above table does not include any
of the contractual obligations with respect to royalties payable upon sales of certain of our products as none of our arrangements contain
minimum  royalty  payments.  We  also  do  not  have  contractually  minimum  purchase  commitments  for  the  supply  of  any  of  our  raw
materials, products or instruments.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.

Related-Party Transactions

For a description of our related-party transactions, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Seasonality and Backlog

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature. Our sales generally consist of products that are in stock with us or maintained at hospitals
or with our sales distributors. Accordingly, we do not have a backlog of sales orders.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements,
and the reported amounts of product revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Certain of our more critical accounting policies
require the application of significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates.
By  their  nature,  these  judgments  are  subject  to  an  inherent  degree  of  uncertainty.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  evaluate  our  judgments,
including  those  related  to  inventories,  recoverability  of  long-lived  assets  and  the  fair  value  of  our  common  stock.  We  use  historical
experience and other assumptions as the basis for our judgments and making these estimates. Because future events and their effects cannot
be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Any changes in those estimates will be reflected
in our consolidated financial statements as they occur. As an “emerging growth company,” we have elected to delay the adoption of new or
revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may
not be comparable to those of other public companies. While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the footnotes to
our  consolidated  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this Annual  Report,  we  believe  that  the  following  accounting  policies  and
estimates are most critical to a full understanding and evaluation of our reported financial results. The critical accounting policies addressed
below reflect our most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We  derive  our  product  revenue  primarily  from  the  sale  of  spinal  fusion  devices  and  related  products  used  in  the  treatment  of  spine
disorders. Our product revenue is generated from sales to three types of customers: (1) surgeons and hospitals; (2) stocking distributors; and
(3)  private  label  customers.  Most  of  our  products  are  sold  on  a  consignment  basis  through  a  network  of  independent  sales  distributors;
however,  we  also  sell  our  products  to  independent  stocking  distributors.  Product  revenue  is  recognized  when  all  four  of  the  following
criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (2) delivery of the products has occurred; (3) the selling price of the
product  is  fixed  or  determinable;  and  (4)  collectability  is  reasonably  assured.  We  generate  the  majority  of  our  revenue  from  the  sale  of
inventory  that  is  consigned  to  independent  sales  distributors  that  sell  our  products  to  surgeons  and  hospitals.  For  these  products,  we
recognize revenue at the time we are notified the product has been used or implanted and all other revenue recognition criteria have been
met. For all other transactions, we recognize revenue when title and risk of loss transfer to the stocking distributor, and all other revenue
recognition criteria have been met. We generally recognize revenue from sales to stocking distributors at the time the product is shipped to
the distributor. Stocking distributors, who sell the products to their customers, take title to the products and assume all risks of ownership at
time of shipment. Our stocking distributors are obligated to pay within specified terms regardless of when, if ever, they sell the products.
Our policy is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to customers as an offset to total shipping expense in the statement of operations,
primarily within sales and marketing. In general, our customers do not have any rights of return or exchange.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The majority of our accounts receivable is composed of amounts due from hospitals or surgical centers. Accounts receivable are carried at
cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a regular basis, we evaluate accounts receivable and estimate an allowance for doubtful
accounts, as needed, based on various factors such as customers’ current credit conditions, length of time past due, and the general economy
as a whole. Receivables are written off against the allowance when they are deemed uncollectible.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market,  with  cost  for  manufactured  inventory  determined  under  the  standard  cost  method
which approximates the first-in first-out method. Manufactured inventory consists of raw material, direct labor and manufacturing overhead
cost components. Inventories purchased from third-party manufacturers are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first out
method. We review the carrying value of inventory on a periodic basis for excess or obsolete items and record an expense for the identified
items as necessary. We have made adjustments to, and it is reasonably possible that we may be required to make further adjustments to, the
carrying  value  of  inventory  in  future  periods.  We  hold  some  consigned  inventory  at  distributors  and  other  customer  locations  where
revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met.

Long-Lived Assets, Indefinite-Lived Intangibles and Goodwill

Periodically we assess potential impairment of our long-lived assets, which include property, equipment, and acquired intangible assets. We
perform  an  impairment  review  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.
Factors  we  consider  important  which  could  trigger  an  impairment  review  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  significant  under-performance
relative  to  historical  or  projected  future  operating  results,  significant  changes  in  the  manner  of  use  of  the  acquired  assets  or  our  overall
business strategy, and significant industry or economic trends. When we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be
recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators, we determine the recoverability by comparing the carrying
amount of the asset to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate and recognize an impairment charge equal to
the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the asset. We amortize intangible assets on a straight-line basis
over their estimated useful lives.

For indefinite lived intangible assets that are not subject to amortization, the impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of an
intangible  asset  with  its  carrying  amount.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  an  intangible  asset  exceeds  its  fair  value,  an  impairment  loss  is
recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Our long-lived assets include surgical instruments used by spine surgeons during surgical procedures to facilitate the implantation of our
products. There are no contractual terms with respect to the usage of our instruments by our customers. Surgeons are under no contractual
commitment to use our instruments. We maintain ownership of these instruments and, when requested, we allow the surgeons to use the
instruments to facilitate implantation of our related products. We do not currently charge for the use of our instruments and there are no
minimum  purchase  commitments  of  our  products. As  our  surgical  instrumentation  is  used  numerous  times  over  several  years,  often  by
many  different  customers,  instruments  are  capitalized  as  property  and  equipment  once  they  have  been  placed  in  service.  Once  placed  in
service, instruments are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on
average  estimated  useful  lives.  Estimated  useful  lives  of  surgical  instruments  are  three  years  and  are  determined  based  on  a  variety  of
factors including reference to associated product life cycles. As instruments are used as tools to assist surgeons, depreciation of instruments
is recognized as a sales and marketing expense.

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets
may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated future undiscounted cash flows relating to the assets are
less than the assets’ carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its
fair value.

We test goodwill for impairment annually as of December 31, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may
be  impaired.  For  goodwill  impairment  testing  purposes,  we  consider  the  value  of  our  equity,  including  the  value  of  our  convertible
preferred stock, in the total carrying value of our single reporting unit. We perform a first step analysis by comparing the carrying amount
of net assets to the fair value of our single reporting unit. If the fair value is determined to be less than the carrying amount, a second step
analysis is performed to compute the amount of impairment as the difference between the implied estimated fair value of goodwill and the
carrying amount.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes

We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  the  differences  between  the  financial
statement  carrying  value  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured
using enacted tax rates in effect for the fiscal year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation
allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

We operate in various tax jurisdictions and are subject to audit by various tax authorities. We provide for tax contingencies whenever it is
deemed probable that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws.
Tax  contingencies  are  based  upon  their  technical  merits  relative  tax  law  and  the  specific  facts  and  circumstances  as  of  each  reporting
period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the amounts recorded for such tax contingencies.

We recognize uncertain income tax positions taken on income tax returns at the largest amount that is more-likely than-not to be sustained
upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of
being sustained.

Our policy for recording interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions is to record such items as a component of our income
tax  provision.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  we  did  not  record  any  material  interest  income,  interest  expense  or
penalties related to uncertain tax positions or the settlement of audits for prior periods.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

We apply the fair value recognition provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or
ASC, Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, or ASC 718. Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded
requires us to develop estimates of the fair value of stock options and other equity awards as of their grant date. Stock-based compensation
expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, which in most cases is the vesting period of the award. Calculating the fair
value  of  stock-based  awards  requires  that  we  make  highly  subjective  assumptions.  Use  of  this  valuation  methodology  requires  that  we
make assumptions as to the volatility of our common stock, the expected term of our stock options, the risk free rate of return for a period
that approximates the expected term of our stock options and our expected dividend yield. Because we were a privately-held company with
no trading history prior to February 2014 and have limited stock history since February 2014, we utilize the historical stock price volatility
from  a  representative  group  of  public  companies  to  estimate  expected  stock  price  volatility  and  our  historical  stock  price.  We  selected
companies  from  the  medical  device  industry,  specifically  those  who  are  focused  on  the  design,  development  and  commercialization  of
products for the treatment of spine disorders, and who have similar characteristics to us, such as stage of life cycle and size. We intend to
continue to utilize the historical volatility of the same or similar public companies to estimate expected volatility until a sufficient amount
of historical information regarding the price of our publically traded stock becomes available. We use the simplified method as prescribed
by the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-based Payment, to calculate the expected term of
stock option grants to employees as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate
the expected term of stock options granted to employees. We utilize a dividend yield of zero because we have never paid cash dividends
and have no current intention to pay cash dividends. The risk-free rate of return used for each grant is based on the U.S. Treasury yield
curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a similar expected life.

The  estimated  fair  value  of  stock-based  awards  for  employee  and  non-employee  director  services  is  expensed  over  the  requisite  service
period.  Option  awards  issued  to  non-employees,  excluding  non-employee  directors,  are  recorded  at  their  fair  value  as  determined  in
accordance with authoritative guidance, are periodically revalued as the options vest and are recognized as expense over the related service
period. As a result, the charge to operations for non-employee awards with vesting conditions is affected each reporting period by changes
in the fair value of our common stock.

We are required to estimate the level of forfeitures expected to occur and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards
that we ultimately expect will vest. We estimate our forfeiture rate based on the type of award, employee class and historical experience.

Derivative Liabilities

Derivative  liabilities  includes  the  fair  value  of  instruments  such  as  common  stock  warrants,  preferred  stock  warrants  and  convertible
features  of  notes,  that  are  initially  recorded  at  fair  value  and  are  required  to  be  re-measured  to  fair  value  at  each  reporting  period  under
provisions  of ASC  480,  Distinguishing  Liabilities  from  Equity,  or ASC  815,Derivatives  and  Hedging.  The  change  in  fair  value  of  the
instruments is recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in our statement of comprehensive loss until the instruments settle
or expire. We estimate the fair value of these instruments using the Black-Scholes-Merton or Monte-Carlo valuation models depending on
the  complexity  of  the  underlying  instruments.  The  significant  assumptions  used  in  estimating  the  fair  value  include  the  exercise  price,
volatility of the stock underlying the instrument, risk-free interest rate, estimated fair value of the stock underlying the instrument and the
estimated life of the instrument.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effect of changes to these significant assumptions on the estimated liability for these instruments is as follows:

Fair value of underlying stock increases
Risk free interest increases
Expected average life increases
Expected dividend yield increases
Expected volatility increases

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Warrant liability increases
Warrant liability decreases
Warrant liability increases
Warrant liability decreases
Warrant liability increases

On February 25, 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02,
Leases  (Topic  842),  as  part  of  a  joint  project  with  the  International Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”)  to  increase  transparency  and
comparability  among  organizations  by  recognizing  lease  assets  and  lease  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet  and  disclosing  key  information
about leasing arrangements. Under the new guidance, a lessee will be required to recognize assets and liabilities for capital and operating
leases  with  lease  terms  of  more  than  12  months. Additionally,  this ASU  will  require  disclosures  to  help  investors  and  other  financial
statement  users  better  understand  the  amount,  timing,  and  uncertainty  of  cash  flows  arising  from  leases,  including  qualitative  and
quantitative requirements. For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018,
including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact
this new standard may have on its financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers, which supersedes nearly all
existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue when promised
goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those
goods or services. The standard defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates
may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. The standard is effective for annual
periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods therein, and shall be applied either retrospectively to each period presented
or  as  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  as  of  the  date  of  adoption.  The  Company  is  evaluating  the  potential  impact  of  this  adoption  on  its
consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a
going concern. The new standard provides guidance on determining when and how to disclose going concern uncertainties in the financial
statements. It requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The
new standard is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted.
The impact on the Company’s financial statements of adopting the new standard is currently being assessed by management.

In April  2015,  the  FASB  updated  the  accounting  guidance  related  to  simplifying  the  presentation  of  debt  issuance  costs  on  the  balance
sheet. The new standard requires that debt issuance costs be presented as a direct deduction from the associated debt liability. It will be
effective on January 1, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The standard will be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented.
The Company expects that the new standard will impact the presentation of its consolidated balance sheet.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act, provides that
an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the
adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are electing to delay such
adoption  of  new  or  revised  accounting  standards,  and  as  a  result,  we  may  not  comply  with  new  or  revised  accounting  standards  on  the
relevant  dates  on  which  adoption  of  such  standards  is  required  for  non-emerging  growth  companies. As  a  result  of  this  election,  our
financial  statements  may  not  be  comparable  to  the  financial  statements  of  other  public  companies.  We  may  take  advantage  of  these
reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS
Act.  Subject  to  certain  conditions  set  forth  in  the  JOBS Act,  as  an  “emerging  growth  company,”  we  intend  to  rely  on  certain  of  these
exemptions,  including  without  limitation,  (1)  providing  an  auditor’s  attestation  report  on  our  system  of  internal  controls  over  financial
reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and (2) complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional
information  about  the  audit  and  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  known  as  the  auditor  discussion  and  analysis.  We  may  be  able  to
remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues
of $1 billion or more, (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our IPO, (c) the date on which we have
issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the previous three years or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a large
accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. Additionally, we are also currently a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities
Exchange Act  of  1934,  and  in  the  event  that  we  are  still  considered  a  smaller  reporting  company  at  such  time  as  we  cease  being  an
emerging growth company, we will be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent
registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Not applicable.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of Amedica appear at the end of this Annual Report beginning with the index to Financial Statements
on page F-1 (see Part IV, Item 15 “Financial Statements”), and are incorporated herein.

ITEM 9.

C H A N G E S IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports filed or submitted under
the  Exchange Act,  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized,  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  by  the  Commission’s  rules  and
forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in
our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act are properly recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods
required by the Commission’s rules and forms.

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer
(principal  executive  officer)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (principal  financial  officer),  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of
these disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e), as of December 31, 2015. Based on this
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) concluded that
our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2015, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined
in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of
its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any
evaluation  of  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management  has  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2015.  In  making  our
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Internal  Control—
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on
this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  of  achieving  its  objectives  as  specified  above.
Management  does  not  expect,  however,  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  will  prevent  or  detect  all  error  and  fraud. Any
control  system,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  is  based  upon  certain  assumptions  and  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not
absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. Further, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due
to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2015 that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

PART III

Information  required  by  this  Item  10  will  be  presented  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2016  annual  meeting  of  Shareholders  and  is
incorporated herein by reference. The information required pursuant to General Instructions G(3) of Form 10-K on our executive officers is
presented under Item 1 of this report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information  required  by  this  Item  11  will  be  presented  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2016  annual  meeting  of  Shareholders  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information  required  by  this  Item  12  will  be  presented  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2016  annual  meeting  of  Shareholders  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information  required  by  this  Item  13  will  be  presented  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2016  annual  meeting  of  Shareholders  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information  required  by  this  Item  14  will  be  presented  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2016  annual  meeting  of  Shareholders  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Reference is made to the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on Page F-1 hereof.

PART IV

(1) Financial Statements. The following consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, and the Report of Independent Registered

Public Accounting Firms are incorporated by reference as provided in Item 8 of this report:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Period from December 31,
2013 through December 31, 2015

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

Consolidated  Financial  Statement  Schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are  either  not  required  or  not  applicable,  or  because  the
information required to be presented is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto included in this Annual Report.

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report and such Exhibit
Index is incorporated by reference.

Exhibit
Number  

Exhibit Description

3.1

  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

3.1.1

  Certificate of Amendment  to  the  Restated  Certificate  of

Incorporation of Amedica Corporation

3.2

  Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

Filed with this
Report

Incorporated by
Reference herein
from
Form or Schedule

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 3.1)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 3.1)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 3.1)

SEC
File/Reg.
Number

  Filing Date  

  2/20/14

  001-33624

  1/22/16

  001-33624

  2/20/14

  001-33624

4.1

  Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant

  Amendment No. 3

  1/29/14

  333-192232

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.1)

4.2

  Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of

  Amendment No. 3

  1/29/14

  333-192232

the Registrant, issued on May 9, 2011

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

  Warrant to  Purchase  Shares  of  Series  F  Convertible
Preferred  Stock  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  GE
Capital  Equity  Investments, Inc.,  dated  as  of  December
17, 2012

  Warrant to  Purchase  Shares  of  Series  F  Convertible
Preferred Stock by and between the Registrant and Zions
First National Bank, dated as of December 17, 2012

  Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of
the Registrant, issued on March 4, 2011 and May 9, 2011

  Form of Amendment  to  Warrant  to  Purchase  Shares  of
Common  Stock  of  the  Registrant,  dated  as  of  December
18, 2012

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.9)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 4.10)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 4.11)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 4.12)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 4.13)

  11/8/13

  333-192232

  11/8/13

  333-192232

  11/8/13

  333-192232

  11/8/13

  333-192232

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
58

 
 
4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

  Form of Amendment No. 2 to Warrant to Purchase Shares
of Common Stock of the Registrant, dated as of February
1, 2013

  Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of
the Registrant, issued on August 30, 2013 and September
20, 2013, as amended

  Form of  Amendment  to  Warrant  to  Purchase  Common
Stock of the Registrant, dated as of December 23, 2013

  Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of
the  Registrant,  issued  to  TGP  Securities,  Inc.  on August
30, 2013 and September 20, 2013, as amended

  Form of Amendment  to  Warrant  to  Purchase  Shares  of
to  TGP

Common  Stock  of 
issued 
Securities, Inc., dated as of December 23, 2013

the  Registrant, 

4.12

  Hercules Warrant to Purchase Common Stock

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 4.14)

  11/8/13

  333-192232

  Amendment No. 2

  12/20/13

  333-192232

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.17)

  Amendment No. 3

  1/29/14

  333-192232

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.17.1)

  Amendment No. 2

  12/20/13

  333-192232

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.20)

  Amendment No. 3

  1/29/14

  333-192232

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.21)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.3)

  7/1/2014

  001-33624

4.13

  Form of Warrant to be Issued to Investors in the Offering  

  Amendment No. 3

  11/19/14

  333-199753

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.24)

4.14

  F o r m of  Unit  Purchase  Option  to  be  Issued  to  the

  Amendment No. 3

  11/19/14

  333-199753

Underwriters in the Offering

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.25)

4.15

4.16

  Form of  Warrant Agent Agreement  by  and  between  the
Registrant  and  American  Stock  Transfer  and  Trust
Company

  Warrant to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  of  the
Registrant by and between the Registrant and Hampshire
MedTech Partner II, L.P., dated as of November 6, 2014

4.17

  Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of

the Registrant issued on September 17, 2014.

4.18

  Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock of

the Registrant issued on November 12, 2014.

4.19

  Senior Convertible  Note  by  Registrant  payable  to  MG
Partners  II,  Ltd.,  Issuance  Date:  August  12,  2014,
Exchange Date: April 2, 2015

4.20

  Form of Series B Warrant

4.21

  Form of Series D Warrant

4.22

  Form of Amended and Restated Series A warrant

59

  Amendment No. 3

  11/19/14

  333-199753

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 4.26)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

  Form 10-K

(Exhibit 4.27)

  Form 10-K

(Exhibit 4.28)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.2)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.2)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.4)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

  11/7/14

  001-33624

  3/24/15

  001-33624

  3/24/15

  001-33624

  4/3/15

  001-33624

  9/8/15

  001-33624

  9/8/15

  001-33624

  12/14/15

  001-33624

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
4.23

  Form of Amended and Restated Series C Warrant

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

  Securities Purchase  Agreement  by  and  between  the
Registrant  and  MG  Partners  II  Ltd,  dated  as  of  June  30,
2014

  Registration Rights  Agreement  by  and  between  the
Registrant and MG Partners II Ltd., dated as of June 30,
2014

  L o a n and  Security  Agreement  by  and  among 

the
Registrant,  its  subsidiary,  Hercules  Technology  Growth
Capital, Inc., and Hercules Technology III, L.P., dated as
of June 30, 2014

  Centrepointe Business Park Lease Agreement Net by and
between the Registrant and Centrepointe Properties, LLC,
dated as of April 21, 2009

  First Addendum  to  Centrepointe  Business  Park  Lease
Agreement  Net  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and
Centrepointe  Properties,  LLC, dated  as  of  January  31,
2012

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.2)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.3)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.10)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.11)

  12/14/15

  001-33624

  7/1/2014

  001-33624

  7/1/2014

  001-33624

  7/1/2014

  001-33624

  11/8/13

  333-192232

  11/8/13

  333-192232

10.6

  Form of Change of Control Agreement*

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

  7/22/15

  001-33624

10.7

  Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the

  Amendment No. 2

  12/20/13

  333-192232

Registrant and its officers and directors

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 10.14)

10.8

  Amedica Corporation  Amended  and  Restated  2012

  Amendment No. 4

  2/12/14

  333-192232

Equity Incentive Plan*

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 10.15)

10.9

  Form of  2012  Stock  Option  Grant  Notice  and  Stock

  Amendment No. 4

  2/12/14

  333-192232

Option Agreement*

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 10.16)

10.10

  Form of  2012  Restricted  Stock  Award  and  Restricted

  Amendment No. 4

  2/12/14

  333-192232

Stock Unit Agreement*

10.11

  Amedica Corporation 2003 Stock Option Plan*

10.12

10.13

10.14

  Form of  2003  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement
and  Notice  of  Exercise  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option
thereunder*

  Form of  2003  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  and
Notice of Exercise of Incentive Stock Option thereunder*

  Amendment and  Exchange  Agreement,  date  April  2,
2015, by and between the Registrant and MG Partners II,
Ltd

60

to Form S-1
(Exhibit 10.17)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.18)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.19)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.20)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

  11/8/13

  333-192232

  11/8/13

  333-192232

  11/8/13

  333-192232

  4/3/15

  001-33624

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

  9/8/15

  001-33624

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

  9/8/15

  001-33624

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.3)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.4)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.5)

  Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.6)

  Form 8-K

Exhibit 10.1)

  Form S-1

(Exhibit 21.1)

  9/8/15

  001-33624

  9/8/15

  001-33624

  9/8/15

  001-33624

  9/8/15

  001-33624

  12/14/15

  11/8/13

  333-192232

10.15

10.16

10.17

  Consent and  First  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security
Agreement  dated  September  8,  2015  by  and  among
Hercules  Technology  Growth  Capital Inc.,  the  financial
institutions  signatory  thereto, Amedica  Corporation,  and
the guarantors signatory thereto.

  First Amendment  to  Warrant  to  Purchase  Shares  of
Common Stock of Amedica Corporation dated September
8,  2015,  by  and  between  Amedica Corporation  and
Hercules Technology III, L.P.

  Settlement and  Waiver  Agreement  dated  September  8,
2015,  by  and  among  Amedica  Corporation  and  MG
Partners II, Ltd.

10.18

  P l a c e m e n t Agency  Agreement  between  Amedica

Corporation and Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.

10.19

  F o r m of  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  between
the  Purchasers  Dated

Amedica  Corporation  and 
September 8, 2015

10.20

  Form of Registration Rights Agreement

10.21

  Form of Leak-Out Agreement

21.1

  List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1

  Consent of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting

Firm

31.1

31.2

32

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer

  Certification pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes

Oxley
Act of 2002

*

  M a n a g e m e n t contract  or 

compensatory  plan  or

arrangement.

X

X

X

X

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 23, 2016

/S/ B. Sonny Bal

AMEDICA CORPORATION

B. Sonny Bal
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 23, 2016

/S/ Ty A. Lombardi

Ty A. Lombardi
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf
of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date: March 23, 2016

Date: March 23, 2016

Date: March 23, 2016

Date: March 23, 2016

/S/ B. Sonny Bal
B. Sonny Bal, M.D., Director

/S/ David W. Truetzel
David W. Truetzel, Director

/S/ Jeffrey S. White
Jeffrey S. White, Director

/S/ Eric A. Stookey
Eric A. Stookey, Director

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMEDICA CORPORATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

  F-2

  F-3

  F-4

  F-5

  F-6

  F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Amedica Corporation
Salt Lake City, Utah

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Amedica Corporation as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the related
consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  loss,  convertible  preferred  stock  and  stockholders’  equity  (deficit),  and  cash
flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material misstatement. The Company has determined that it is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the
Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting. Accordingly,  we  express  no  such  opinion. An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of
Amedica  Corporation  at  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended,  in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As
discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and negative operating cash
flows and needs to obtain additional financing to be compliant with debt covenants through 2016. These issues raise substantial doubt about
its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated
financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Mantyla McReynolds LLC

Mantyla McReynolds, LLC
Salt Lake City, Utah
March 23, 2016

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Amedica Corporation
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance of $49 and $54, respectively
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Inventories, net
Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Other long-term assets
Total assets

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt

Total current liabilities

Deferred rent
Long-term debt
Other long-term liabilities
Derivative liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 130,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized; 10,886,248 and 1,756,911 shares
issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity

See accompanying notes.

F-3

  $

  $

  $

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

11,485    $
2,660     
821     
9,131     
24,097     

2,472     
3,687     
6,163     
35     
36,454    $

643    $
3,421     
16,957     
21,021     

432     
-     
171     
598     

18,247 
2,513 
1,247 
11,675 
33,682 

3,515 
4,188 
6,163 
35 
47,583 

778 
3,146 
19,070 
22,994 

517 
3,061 
134 
13,970 

-     

- 

109     
210,660     
(196,537)    
14,232     
36,454    $

16 
179,396 
(172,505)
6,907 
47,583 

  $

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
Amedica Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Product revenue
Costs of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development
General and administrative
Sales and marketing
Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Other income (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Loss on extinguishment of derivative liabilities
Offering costs
Other expense

Total other income (expense)
Net loss before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net comprehensive loss

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Unrealized loss on marketable securities
Total comprehensive loss

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic and diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic and diluted

See accompanying notes.

F-4

  $

  $

  $

  $

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

19,453    $
6,250     
13,203     

6,387     
6,436     
12,421     
25,244     
(12,041)    

-     
(4,339)    
2,171     
(7,605)    
(1,263)    
(821)    
(14)    
(11,871)    
(23,912)    
-     
(23,912)   $

-     
(23,912)   $

22,765 
7,910 
14,855 

6,742 
13,588 
18,692 
39,022 
(24,167)

12 
(3,650)
(2,194)
(251)
- 
(2,026)
(306)
(8,415)
(32,582)
- 
(32,582)

- 
(32,582)

(5.50)   $

(39.93)

4,344,253     

815,997 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
 
Amedica Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(in thousands, except share data)

Balance at December 31, 2013
Issuance of common stock in
connection with IPO, net of issuance
costs
Preferred stock converted to common
upon IPO
Issuance of units in connection with
secondary offering, net of issuance
costs
Issuance of common stock upon
exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock with notes
payable
Issuance of common stock upon
conversion of notes payable
Stock-based compensation
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2014
Issuance of common stock upon
cashless exercise of unit warrants
Issuance of common stock with
offering
Issuance of common stock upon
exercise of warrants, net of issuance
costs
Issuance of common stock upon
conversion of notes payable
Stock-based compensation
Reclassification of derivative
liabilities to equity
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2015

See accompanying notes.

Convertible
Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Shares

    Amount     Shares

    Amount    Deficiency)    

    80,910,394    $ 161,456     

39,845    $

-    $

(13,136)   $

Total

   Accumulated     Stockholders’  
    Equity (Deficit)  
(153,059)

(139,923)   $

Deficit

    Additional    
Paid-In
Capital/
(Capital

–     

–     

245,527     

2     

14,396     

    (80,910,394)     (161,456)    

535,319     

5     

162,427     

–     

–     

–     

–     
–     
–     
–    $

–     

–     

–     

–     
–     

–     
–     
–    $

–     

762,776     

–     

–     

622     

3,390     

8     

–     

–     

2,039     

24     

219     

136,472     
–     
32,960     
–     
–     
–     
-      1,756,911    $

1     
–     
–     
16    $

2,426     
11,001     
–     
179,396    $

–     
–     
(32,582)    
(172,505)   $

–      2,546,856     

26     

11,563     

–     

874,891     

9     

122     

–     

–     

–     

–     

–     

–     

–     

14,398 

162,432 

2,047 

24 

219 

2,427 
11,001 
(32,582)
6,907 

11,589 

131 

–      5,607,839     

56     

15,816     

–     

15,872 

–     
–     

24,860     
74,891     

1     
1     

376     
984     

–     
(120)    

–     
–     
–     
–     
-      10,886,248    $

–     
–     
109    $

2,403     
–     
210,660    $

–     
(23,912)    
(196,537)   $

377 
865 

2,403 
(23,912)
14,232 

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Amedica Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

Cash flow from operating activities
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation expense
Amortization of intangible assets
Amortization of lease incentive for tenant improvements
Non cash interest expense
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
Stock based compensation
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Loss on extinguishment of derivative liabilities
(Gain) loss on disposal of equipment
Provision for inventory reserve
Bad debt expense
Offering costs

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Inventories
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Decrease in restricted cash
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
Proceeds from issuance of units, net of issuance costs
Proceeds from issuance of stock in connection with exercise of warrants, net of issuance costs
Payments on long-term debt
Debt extinguishment payments
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Payment of deferred financing costs
Purchase of treasury stock
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Noncash investing and financing activities
Preferred stock converted into common stock
Reclassification of derivative liability
Stock and derivative liabilities issued with long-term debt
Debt converted to common stock
Common stock issued for cashless exercise of warrant derivative liabilities
Issuance of treasury stock upon conversion of RSUs to common stock
Derivative liabilities recorded as a debt discount
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid for interest

See accompanying notes.

F-6

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

Year Ended December,
2014
2015

  $

(23,912)   $

(32,582)

1,652     
501     
20     
2,194     
(2,171)    
911     
7,605     
1,263     
(21)    
1,333     
(27)    
821     

(120)    
(74)    
1,357     
(395)    
(9,063)    

(695)    
37     
-     
(658)    

4,337     
-     
5,863     
(2,949)    
(4,112)    
-     
(60)    
(120)    
2,959     
(6,762)    
18,247     
11,485    $

-    $
4,229    $
-    $
202    $
19,772    $
120    $
382    $

1,839 
501 
20 
1,849 
2,194 
10,217 
251 
- 
305 
2,630 
65 
2,026 

239 
2,775 
(3,438)
(3,413)
(14,522)

(2,172)
43 
392 
(1,737)

15,369 
11,320 
- 
(19,000)
(810)
26,800 
(1,452)
- 
32,227 
15,968 
2,279 
18,247 

161,456 
5 
3,477 
1,500 
- 
- 
- 

2,379    $

1,731 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
 
AMEDICA CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Amedica  Corporation  (“Amedica”  or  “the  Company”)  was  incorporated  in  the  state  of  Delaware  on  December  10,  1996. Amedica  is  a
commercial-stage  biomaterial  company  focused  on  using  its  silicon  nitride  technology  platform  to  develop,  manufacture,  and
commercialize  a  broad  range  of  medical  devices.  The  Company  believes  it  is  the  first  and  only  manufacturer  to  use  silicon  nitride  in
medical  applications.  The  Company  acquired  US  Spine,  Inc.  (“US  Spine”),  a  Delaware  spinal  products  corporation  with  operations  in
Florida, on September 20, 2010. The Company’s products are primarily sold in the U.S.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the  United  States  (“U.S.  GAAP”),  and  include  all  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  US  Spine. All
material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred a net loss of $23.9 million and $32.6 million, respectively and
used cash in operations of $9.1 million and $14.5 million, respectively. The Company had an accumulated deficit of $196.5 million and
$172.5  million  at  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  To  date,  the  Company’s  operations  have  been  principally  financed  from
proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  preferred  and  common  stock,  convertible  debt  and  bank  debt  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  cash  generated  from
product sales. It is anticipated that the Company will continue to generate operating losses and use cash in operations through 2016.

As  discussed  further  in  Note  7,  the  Company  has  entered  into  a  term  loan  with  Hercules  Technology  Growth  Capital,  Inc.  (“Hercules
Technology”), as administrative and collateral agent for the lenders thereunder and as lender, and Hercules Technology III, LP, as lender
(the “Hercules Term Loan”). The Hercules Term Loan has a liquidity covenant that requires the Company to maintain a cash balance of not
less than $8.0 million at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s cash balance was approximately $11.5 million. The
Company  anticipates  that  it  will  need  to  refinance  the  note  or  obtain  additional  funding  during  the  second  quarter  of  2016  to  maintain
compliance through 2016 with the liquidity covenant related to the Hercules Term Loan. However, if the Company is unable to refinance
the note or access additional funds prior to becoming non-compliant with the financial and liquidity covenants related to the Hercules Term
Loan, the entire remaining balance of the debt under the Hercules Term Loan could become immediately due and payable at the option of
the lender. Although the Company is seeking to refinance the note or obtain additional financing, additional funding may not be available
to the Company on favorable or acceptable terms, or at all. Any additional equity financing, if available to the Company, will most likely
be dilutive to its current stockholders, and debt financing, if available, may involve more restrictive covenants. The Company’s ability to
access capital when needed is not assured and, if not achieved on a timely basis, will materially harm its business, financial condition and
results  of  operations.  These  uncertainties  create  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  No
adjustment has been made to our financial statements as a result of this uncertainty.

Reverse Stock Split

On  January  25,  2016,  the  Company  effected  a  1  for  15  reverse  stock  split  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  par  value  and  the
authorized shares of the common and convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. All common stock
share  and  per-share  amounts  for  all  periods  presented  in  these  financial  statements  prior  to  January  25,  2016  have  been  adjusted
retroactively to reflect the reverse stock split.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the  reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expenses  during  the  period. Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  Some  of  the  more
significant estimates relate to inventory, stock-based compensation, long-lived and intangible assets, and derivative liabilities.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents,
marketable securities, accounts receivable and restricted cash. The Company limits its exposure to credit loss by placing its cash and cash
equivalents  with  high  credit-quality  financial  institutions  in  bank  deposits,  money  market  funds,  U.S.  government  securities  and  other
investment grade debt securities that have strong credit ratings. The Company has established guidelines relative to diversification of its
cash  and  marketable  securities  and  their  maturities  that  are  intended  to  secure  safety  and  liquidity.  These  guidelines  are  periodically
reviewed  and  modified  to  take  advantage  of  trends  in  yields  and  interest  rates  and  changes  in  the  Company’s  operations  and  financial
position. Although the Company may deposit its cash and cash equivalents with multiple financial institutions, its deposits, at times, may
exceed federally insured limits.

At  December  31,  2015,  one  customer  receivable  balance  was  11%  of  the  Company’s  total  trade  accounts  receivable. At  December  31,
2014, no customer receivable balance was 10% or greater of the Company’s total trade accounts receivable. There was one customer that
accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue representing 12% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015. There were two
customers that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue representing 28% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company’s allowance for bad debts as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $49,000 and $54,000, respectively. For the years ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded bad debt recoveries of $27,000 and bad debt expense of $65,000, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The  Company  derives  its  product  revenue  primarily  from  the  sale  of  spinal  fusion  devices  and  related  products  used  in  the  treatment  of
spine  disorders.  The  Company’s  product  revenue  is  generated  from  sales  to  three  types  of  customers:  (1)  surgeons  and  hospitals;  (2)
stocking  distributors;  and  (3)  private  label  customers.  Most  of  our  products  are  sold  on  a  consignment  basis  through  a  network  of
independent  sales  distributors;  however,  the  Company  also  sells  its  products  to  independent  stocking  distributors  and  private  label
customers.  Product  revenue  is  recognized  when  all  four  of  the  following  criteria  are  met:  (1)  persuasive  evidence  that  an  arrangement
exists;  (2)  delivery  of  the  products  has  occurred;  (3)  the  selling  price  of  the  product  is  fixed  or  determinable;  and  (4)  collectability  is
reasonably assured. The Company generates the majority of its revenue from the sale of inventory that is consigned to independent sales
distributors that facilitate sells of the Company’s products to surgeons and hospitals. For these products, we recognize revenue at the time
we are notified the product has been used or implanted and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. For all other transactions,
the  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  title  and  risk  of  loss  transfer  to  the  stocking  distributor  or  private  label  customer,  and  all  other
revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company generally recognizes revenue from sales to stocking distributors and private label
customers at the time the product is shipped. Stocking distributors, who sell the products to their customers, take title to the products and
assume  all  risks  of  ownership  at  time  of  shipment.  The  Company’s  stocking  distributors  are  obligated  to  pay  within  specified  terms
regardless of when, if ever, they sell the products. The Company’s policy is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to customers as
an  offset  to  total  shipping  expense  in  the  statement  of  operations,  primarily  within  sales  and  marketing.  In  general,  the  Company’s
customers do not have any rights of return or exchange.

Cost of Revenue

The expenses that are included in cost of revenue include all direct product costs if we obtained the product from third-party manufacturers
and our in-house manufacturing costs for the products we manufacture. We obtain our non-silicon nitride products, including our metal and
orthobiologic  products,  from  third-party  manufacturers,  while  we  currently  manufacture  the  majority  of  our  silicon-nitride  products  in-
house.

Specific provisions for excess or obsolete inventory and, beginning  in  2013,  the  excise  tax  on  the  sale  of  medical  devices  in  the  United
States, are also included in cost of revenue. In addition, we pay royalties attributable to the sale of specific products to some of our surgeon
advisors that assisted us in the design, regulatory clearance or commercialization of a particular product, and these payments are recorded
as cost of revenue.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all cash on deposit, money market accounts and highly-liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturities
of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market,  with  cost  for  manufactured  inventory  determined  under  the  standard  cost  method
which approximates first-in first-out (“FIFO”). Manufactured inventory consists of raw material, direct labor and manufacturing overhead
cost components. Inventories purchased from third-party manufacturers are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out
method. The Company reviews the carrying value of inventory on a periodic basis for excess or obsolete items, and records any write-down
as a cost of revenue, as necessary. It is reasonably possible that the Company may be required to make adjustments to the carrying value of
inventory in future periods. Inventory write-downs for excess or obsolete inventory are recorded as a cost of revenue. The Company holds
consigned inventory at distributor and other customer locations where revenue recognition criteria have not yet been achieved.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including surgical instruments and leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and
amortization.  Property  and  equipment  are  depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets,  which
range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the related lease
term, generally five years.

In  accounting  for  long-lived  assets,  the  Company  makes  estimates  about  the  expected  useful  lives  of  the  assets,  the  expected  residual
values of certain of these assets, and the potential for impairment based on the fair value of the assets and the cash flows they generate. The
Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used when events and circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. The Company has not recognized any impairment loss for property and equipment for
the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Long-Lived Assets, Indefinite-lived Intangible and Goodwill

Periodically,  the  Company  assesses  potential  impairment  of  its  long-lived  assets,  which  include  property,  equipment,  and  acquired
intangible  assets.  The  Company  performs  an  impairment  review  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying
value  may  not  be  recoverable.  Factors  the  Company  considers  important  which  could  trigger  an  impairment  review  include,  but  are  not
limited to, significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of its
use of acquired assets or its overall business strategy, and significant industry or economic trends. When the Company determines that the
carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators, the Company
determines the recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected
to generate and recognizes an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair market value of the
asset.  The  Company  amortizes  finite-lived  intangible  assets  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.  The  Company
recorded no impairment loss for definite-lived intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment annually as of December 31, or whenever events or changes in
circumstances  indicate  that  goodwill  or  indefinitely-lived  intangibles  may  be  impaired.  For  goodwill,  the  Company  initially  assesses
qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  the  existence  of  events  or  circumstances  leads  to  a  determination  that  it  is  more-likely-than-not
that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. For goodwill impairment testing purposes, we consider the value of
our equity, including the value of our convertible preferred stock, in the total carrying value of our single reporting unit. If, after assessing
the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than
its carrying amount, then the Company performs a first step by comparing the book value of net assets to the fair value of the Company’s
single reporting unit. If the fair value is determined to be less than the book value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of
impairment as the difference between the estimated fair value of goodwill and the carrying value. The Company performed the first step
and  determined  that  it  was  not  more-likely-than-not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  single  reporting  unit  was  less  than  its  carrying
amount and no goodwill impairment was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets not subject to amortization involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of
the intangible asset, using the income approach, with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value,
an  impairment  loss  is  recognized  in  an  amount  equal  to  that  excess.  The  Company  recorded  no  impairment  loss  for  indefinite-lived
intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Derivative Liabilities

Derivative  liabilities  includes  the  fair  value  of  instruments  such  as  common  stock  warrants,  preferred  stock  warrants  and  convertible
features  of  notes,  that  are  initially  recorded  at  fair  value  and  are  required  to  be  re-measured  to  fair  value  at  each  reporting  period  under
provisions  of ASC  480, Distinguishing  Liabilities  from  Equity,  or ASC  815, Derivatives  and  Hedging.  The  change  in  fair  value  of  the
instruments is recognized as a component of other income (expense), in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss
until  the  instruments  settle,  expire  or  are  no  longer  classified  as  derivative  liabilities.  The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  these
instruments using the Black-Scholes-Merton or Monte-Carlo valuation models depending on the complexity of the underlying instrument.
The significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value include the exercise price, volatility of the stock underlying the instrument,
risk-free interest rate, estimated fair value of the stock underlying the instrument and the estimated life of the instrument.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effect of changes to these significant assumptions on the estimated liability for these instruments is as follows:

Fair value of underlying stock increases
Risk free interest increases
Expected average life increases
Expected dividend yield increases
Expected volatility increases

Research and Development

Warrant liability increases
Warrant liability decreases
Warrant liability increases
Warrant liability decreases
Warrant liability increases

All  research  and  development  costs,  including  those  funded  by  third  parties,  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Research  and  development  costs
consist  of  engineering,  product  development,  test-part  manufacturing,  testing,  developing  and  validating  the  manufacturing  process,  and
regulatory  related  costs.  Research  and  development  expenses  also  include  employee  compensation,  employee  and  nonemployee  stock-
based compensation, supplies and materials, consultant services, and travel and facilities expenses related to research activities.

Advertising Costs

Advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  primary  component  of  the  Company’s  advertising  expenses  is  advertising  in  trade
periodicals.  Advertising  costs  were  approximately  $31,000  and  $149,000  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,
respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes a liability or asset for the deferred tax consequences of all temporary differences between the tax basis of assets
and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years when
the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. The Company recognizes interest and penalties as a component of
the provision for income taxes. No interest or penalties were recognized in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock-based awards based on the estimated fair value of
the  awards  as  determined  on  the  date  of  grant  and  is  recognized  as  expense  over  the  remaining  requisite  service  period.  The  Company
utilizes the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to estimate the fair value of employee stock options. The Black-Scholes-Merton
model requires the input of highly subjective and complex assumptions, including the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock
on the date of grant, the expected term of the stock option, and the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock over the period
equal to the expected term of the grant. The Company estimates forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company accounts for stock options to purchase shares of stock that are issued to non-employees based on the estimated fair value of
such instruments using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation expense for these
instruments is variable and subject to periodic adjustments to the estimated fair value until the awards vest. Any resulting change in the
estimated fair value is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations during the period in which the related services
are rendered.

Offering Costs

Offering  costs  consist  of  legal,  accounting  and  other  advisory  costs  related  to  the  Company’s  efforts  to  raise  capital.  Offering  costs
associated with the Company’s IPO activities were recorded to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of the IPO proceeds.

Since the warrants issued in the Company’s November 2014 secondary offering were considered liabilities, a portion of the offering costs
were  expensed  and  the  remaining  amount  was  reclassified  to  additional  paid-in  capital  as  a  reduction  of  proceeds  from  the  secondary
offering.

All  of  the  September  2015  offering  costs  were  expensed  since  the  warrants  were  considered  liabilities  at  issuance  and  the  value  of  the
warrants exceeded the gross proceeds from the offering.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New Accounting Pronouncements

On February 25, 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02,
Leases  (Topic  842),  as  part  of  a  joint  project  with  the  International Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”)  to  increase  transparency  and
comparability  among  organizations  by  recognizing  lease  assets  and  lease  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet  and  disclosing  key  information
about leasing arrangements. Under the new guidance, a lessee will be required to recognize assets and liabilities for capital and operating
leases  with  lease  terms  of  more  than  12  months. Additionally,  this ASU  will  require  disclosures  to  help  investors  and  other  financial
statement  users  better  understand  the  amount,  timing,  and  uncertainty  of  cash  flows  arising  from  leases,  including  qualitative  and
quantitative requirements. For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018,
including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact
this new standard may have on its financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers, which supersedes nearly all
existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue when promised
goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those
goods or services. The standard defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates
may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP. The standard is effective for annual
periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods therein, and shall be applied either retrospectively to each period presented
or  as  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  as  of  the  date  of  adoption.  The  Company  is  evaluating  the  potential  impact  of  this  adoption  on  its
consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB updated the accounting guidance related to disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a
going concern. The new standard provides guidance on determining when and how to disclose going concern uncertainties in the financial
statements. It requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The
new standard is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted.
The impact on the Company’s financial statements of adopting the new standard is currently being assessed by management.

In April  2015,  the  FASB  updated  the  accounting  guidance  related  to  simplifying  the  presentation  of  debt  issuance  costs  on  the  balance
sheet. The new standard requires that debt issuance costs be presented as a direct deduction from the associated debt liability. It will be
effective on January 1, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The standard will be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented.
The Company expects that the new standard will impact the presentation of its consolidated balance sheet.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic  net  loss  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  net  loss  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for  the
period,  without  consideration  for  common  stock  equivalents.  Diluted  net  loss  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  net  loss  by  the
weighted-average  number  of  common  share  equivalents  outstanding  for  the  period  determined  using  the  treasury-stock  method.  Dilutive
common  stock  equivalents  are  comprised  of  convertible  preferred  stock,  warrants  for  the  purchase  of  convertible  preferred  stock  and
common stock, convertible notes, and stock options and restricted stock units outstanding under the Company’s equity incentive plans. For
all  periods  presented,  there  is  no  difference  in  the  number  of  shares  used  to  calculate  basic  and  diluted  shares  outstanding  due  to  the
Company’s net loss position.

Potentially  dilutive  securities  not  included  in  the  calculation  of  diluted  net  loss  per  share  because  to  do  so  would  be  anti-dilutive  are  as
follows (in common stock equivalent shares):

Common stock warrants
Convertible notes
Common stock options
Restricted stock units

December 31,

2015
1,510,953     
-     
112,639     
-     
1,623,592     

2014
1,110,468 
584,807 
92,232 
70,650 
1,858,157 

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
2. Inventories

The components of inventory were as follows (in thousands):

Raw materials
WIP
Finished Goods

December 31,

2015

2014

  $

  $

819    $
235     
8,077     
9,131    $

839 
486 
10,350 
11,675 

Finished goods include consigned inventory of approximately $3.8 million and $3.0 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31,
2014, respectively.

3. Property and Equipment

The following is a summary of the components of property and equipment (in thousands):

Manufacturing and lab equipment
Surgical instruments
Leasehold improvements
Software and computer equipment
Furniture and equipment

Less: accumulated depreciation

4. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

Customer relationships
Developed technology
Other patents and patent applications
Trademarks

Less accumulated amortization

December 31,

2015

2014

7,463    $
8,672     
1,439     
845     
629     
19,048     
(16,576)    
2,472    $

7,427 
8,217 
1,439 
845 
628 
18,556 
(15,041)
3,515 

December 31,

2015

2014

3,990    $
4,685     
562     
350     
9,587     
(5,900)    
3,687    $

3,990 
4,685 
562 
350 
9,587 
(5,399)
4,188 

  $

  $

  $

  $

Based on the recorded intangibles at December 31, 2015, the estimated amortization expense is expected to be approximately $501,000 per
year through 2020 and $834,000 thereafter.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
5. Fair Value Measurements

Financial Instruments Measured and Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company measures and records certain financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is based on the price that
would  be  received  from  selling  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the
measurement date, under a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1

- quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2

- observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by market data.

Level 3

- unobservable inputs reflecting management’s assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by

other market participants. These valuations require significant judgment.

The Company classifies assets and liabilities measured at fair value in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to
their fair value measurement. No financial assets were measured on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The
following  tables  set  forth  the  financial  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  by  level  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy  at
December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

Description
Derivative liability

Common stock warrants

Description
Derivative liability

Common stock warrants
Conversion feature of notes

Total derivative liability

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

-    $

-    $

598    $

598 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

-    $
-     
-    $

-    $
-     
-    $

11,358    $
2,612     
13,970    $

11,358 
2,612 
13,970 

  $

  $

  $

The  Company  did  not  have  any  transfers  of  assets  and  liabilities  between  Level  1  and  Level  2  of  the  fair  value  measurement  hierarchy
during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The following table presents a reconciliation of the derivative liabilities measured at
fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

Common Stock
 Warrants

Preferred
Stock
 Warrants

Conversion
Feature of
 Notes

Total 
Derivative
Liability

Balance at December 31, 2013
Issuances of derivatives
Reclassification from liability to equity
Extinguishment of derivative liabilities
Change in fair value

Balance at December 31, 2014

Balance at December 31, 2014
Issuances of derivatives
Modification of terms
Decrease in liability due to debt conversions
Decrease in liability due to warrants being exercised
Reclassification from liability to equity
Extinguishment of derivative liabilities
Change in fair value

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $

  $

  $

  $

(199)   $
(12,617)    
-     
24     
1,434     
(11,358)   $

(11,358)   $
(14,556)    
(382)    
-     
20,335     
2,403     
-     
2,960     
(598)   $

F-13

(11)   $
-     
5     
-     
6     
-    $

-    $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-    $

-    $
(1,930)    
-     
1,008     
(1,690)    
(2,612)   $

(2,612)   $
-     
-     
179     
-     
-     
3,468     
(1,035)    
-    $

(210)
(14,547)
5 
1,032 
(250)
(13,970)

(13,970)
(14,556)
(382)
179 
20,335 
2,403 
3,468 
1,925 
(598)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
$9.5 million of the warrant derivatives issued during September 2015 were recorded as a loss and included in the change in fair value of
derivative  liabilities  per  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  and  Comprehensive  Loss  since  the  value  of  the  derivative  liabilities
issued exceeded the proceeds received from the issuance of common stock and warrants. See Footnote 8 for additional information.

Common Stock Warrants

The Company has issued certain warrants to purchase shares of common stock, which are considered mark-to-market liabilities and are re-
measured  to  fair  value  at  each  reporting  period  in  accordance  with  accounting  guidance.  In  December  2015,  2.2  million  of  the  warrants
were no longer classified as derivative liabilities and were reclassified to equity.

The assumptions used in estimating the common stock warrant liability at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were as follows:

Weighted-average risk free interest rate
Weighted-average expected life (in years)
Expected dividend yield
Weighted average expected volatility

Conversion Feature of Notes

  December 31, 2015  

  December 31, 2014  

1.71%   
3.7 

0%   
119%   

1.53%
4.7 

0%
116%

The Company entered into convertible notes in 2014. The conversion features of the notes were evaluated and determined to be derivatives
and were re-measured to fair value at each reporting period. During September 2015, the conversion features of the notes were terminated.

The assumptions used in estimating the conversion features of the notes at December 31, 2014 were as follows:

Weighted-average risk free interest rate
Weighted-average expected life (in years)
Expected dividend yield
Weighted average expected volatility

Other Financial Instruments

  December 31, 2014  

0.67%
1.6 

0%
32%

The Company’s recorded values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate
their  fair  values  based  on  their  short-term  nature.  The  recorded  value  of  notes  payable  approximates  the  fair  value  as  the  interest  rate
approximates market interest rates.

6. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

Commissions
Payroll and related expenses
Royalties
Interest payable
Final loan payment fees
Other

  December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
846 
867    $
  $
1,001 
683     
531 
515     
333 
222     
233 
783     
202 
351     
3,146 
3,421    $

  $

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
7. Debt

On  June  30,  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Loan  and  Security Agreement  with  Hercules  which  provided  the  Company  with  a  $20
million term loan. On June 30, 2014, the Company also entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with MG Partners II Ltd. (“Magna”)
pursuant  to  which  the  Company  sold  to  Magna  an  initial  unsecured  senior  convertible  note  (“Initial  Convertible  Note”)  with  an  original
principal amount of $2.9 million for a purchase price of $2.5 million. Additionally, on August 11, 2014, the Company sold to Magna an
additional  unsecured  senior  convertible  note  (“Additional  Convertible  Note”)  with  an  original  principal  amount  of  $3.5  million  for  a
purchase price of $3.5 million. The Initial Convertible Note and the Additional Convertible Note are collectively referred to as the Magna
Convertible Notes.

Hercules Term Loan

The  Hercules  Term  Loan  matures  on  January  1,  2018.  The  Hercules  Term  Loan  included  a  $200,000  closing  fee,  which  was  paid  to
Hercules Technology on the closing date of the loan. The closing fee was recorded as a debt discount and is being amortized to interest
expense  over  the  life  of  the  loan.  The  Hercules  Term  Loan  also  includes  a  non-refundable  final  payment  fee  of  $1.7  million.  The  final
payment fee is being accrued and recorded to interest expense over the life of the loan.

The Hercules Term Loan bears interest at the rate of the greater of either (i) the prime rate plus 9.2%, and (ii) 12.5%, which was 12.7% at
December  31,  2015.  Interest  accrues  from  the  closing  date  of  the  loan  and  interest  payments  are  due  monthly.  Principal  payments
commenced August 1, 2015 and are to be made in 30 equal installments of approximately $700,000, with the remainder due at maturity.
The Company’s obligations to Hercules are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of its assets, including intellectual
property.  The  Hercules  Term  Loan  contains  certain  covenants  related  to  restrictions  on  payments  to  certain  Company  affiliates  and
financial reporting requirements.

On September 8, 2015, the Company entered into a Consent and First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amendment”)
with  Hercules  Technology.  The  Amendment  amended  certain  terms  the  Hercules  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  and  granted  certain
consents to the Company relating to the Settlement Agreement with Magna discussed below. The Amendment provides that if the Company
prepays  its  loan  from  Hercules,  it  must  pay  a  prepayment  charge  of  1.5%  of  the  amount  being  prepaid  until  September  8,  2016  and
thereafter 0.75%. The Amendment also increased the fee the Company must pay to Hercules upon the maturity of the loan or if it is prepaid
from  $1.5  million  to  $1.7  million.  Further,  the  annual  interest  rate  on  the  loan  increased  by  1.5%  on  December  30,  2015  because  the
Company  did  not  receive  gross  proceeds  of  at  least  $10.0  million  from  the  exercise  of  the  Series  B  and  Series  C  Warrants  discussed  in
Footnote 8. Additionally, the Amendment reduced the Company’s obligation to maintain cash and cash equivalents of not less than $9.0
million to an amount that varies based on the loan amount. The minimum cash requirement is reduced by $500,000 for every $1.0 million
paid in principal to a minimum of $2.5 million. The minimum cash and cash equivalents balance required to maintain compliance with the
minimum  liquidity  covenant  at  December  31,  2015  was  $8.0  million.  Although  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  the  liquidity
covenant  at  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  anticipates  that  it  will  be  non-compliant  with  the  liquidity  covenant  during  the  second
quarter of 2016 if the note is not refinanced or additional financing is not obtained, and has therefore classified the entire obligation as a
current liability.

As  part  of  the Amendment,  the  warrant  held  by  Hercules  was  modified  to  increase  the  number  of  underlying  shares  to  103,226  and
decrease the exercise price to $1.50. The warrant modification increased the estimated fair value of the warrant by $382,000, which was
recorded as a debt discount and an increase in derivative liability at time of modification. The debt discount is being amortized over the life
of the loan.

Magna Notes

On April 2, 2015, we entered into an Amendment and Exchange Agreement (the “Amendment Agreement”) with Magna. The Amendment
Agreement provides for the issuance by the Company to Magna of two new senior convertible notes, one with a maturity date in June 2016
and one with a maturity date in August 2016 (the “June Note”, the “August Note,” and collectively the “Exchange Convertible Notes”) in
exchange for the Initial Convertible Note, the Additional Convertible Note and a warrant issued to Magna (“Magna Warrant”) to purchase
37,926  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $69.75.  The  exchange  resulted  in  the  cancellation  of  the  Initial
Convertible Note, Additional Convertible Note and Magna Warrant.

On June 19, 2015, the Company received written notice from Magna that an event of default had occurred with respect to the Exchange
Convertible  Notes  and  underlying  agreements.  On  September  8,  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Settlement  and  Waiver Agreement
(“Settlement Agreement”) with Magna. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the Company paid Magna $2.5 million from the September
2015 Offering discussed in Footnote 8 to redeem the entire $797,000 of outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of the June Note
and to partially redeem $1.4 million principal amount of the August Note and any accrued interest. On November 18, 2015, the Company
paid  Magna  $1.3  million  of  the  funds  raised  from  exercise  of  the  Series  B  warrants  discussed  in  Footnote  8  to  redeem  $1.1  million  of
outstanding principal and the associated accrued interest. On December 31, 2015, the Company paid Magna $368,000 of the funds raised
from  exercise  of  the  Series  C  warrants  discussed  in  Footnote  8  to  redeem  $311,000  of  outstanding  principal  and  the  associated  accrued
interest. As part of the Settlement Agreement, Magna waived its event of default notice delivered to the Company on June 19, 2015 and its
right to convert the August Note into shares of common stock.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Settlement Agreement  was  accounted  for  as  a  debt  extinguishment  and  the  Company  recorded  a  gain  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of
$2.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. Since the conversion features of the Exchange Convertible Notes were eliminated,
the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  conversion  features  of  $3.5  million  was  extinguished  and  included  in  the  calculation  of  the  gain  on
extinguishment of debt.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, Magna converted a total of $202,000 of the principal amount of the Initial Convertible Note
into 24,867 shares of common stock. The Company recorded a loss upon extinguishment of $79,000 during the year ended December 31,
2015 related to the conversion into shares of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Magna converted a total of $1.5
million of the principal amount of the Initial Convertible Note into 136,472 shares of common stock. The Company recorded a loss upon
extinguishment of $598,000 during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company recorded $176,000 and $144,000 in interest expense as per the stated interest on the convertible notes during the years ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company accreted $520,000 and $384,000 in interest expense related to the debt discounts
on the convertible notes during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The effective interest rate for the convertible June Note and
August Note was 50% and 29%, respectively.

The  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the  remaining  Magna August  Note  was  $763,000  at  December  31,  2015.  The  Magna August  Note
matures on August 11, 2016, and accrues interest at an annual rate of 6.0%.

Outstanding long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

Outstanding
Principal

December 31, 2015
Unamortized
Discount

Net Carrying
Amount

Outstanding
Principal

December 31, 2014
Unamortized
Discount

Net Carrying
Amount

Hercules Term Loan
Convertible Note
Magna Note
Total debt

Less: Current portion
Long-term debt

  $

  $

17,051    $
-     
763     
17,814     
(17,814)    
-    $

(857)   $
-     
-     
(857)    
857     
-    $

16,194    $
-     
763     
16,957     
(16,957)    
-    $

20,000    $
4,500     
-     
24,500     
(20,000)    
4,500    $

(930)   $
(1,439)    
-     
(2,369)    
930     
(1,439)   $

19,070 
3,061 
- 
22,131 
(19,070)
3,061 

The following summarizes by year the future principal payments on the Hercules Term Loan and the Magna August Note as of December
31, 2015 (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,
2016
2017
2018
Total future principal payments

8. Equity

September 2015 Offering

Hercules Term 
Loan

Magna 
Note

Total

  $

  $

7,666    $
8,567     
818     
17,051    $

763    $
-     
-     
763    $

8,429 
8,567 
818 
17,814 

In September 2015, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement whereby it issued to certain investors 874,891 shares of
common stock at a price of $5.72 per share for gross proceeds of $5.0 million before deducting placement agent fees and related offering
expenses of $663,000. Pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement the company also issued to the investors 874,891 each of
Series A warrants, Series B warrants and Series C warrants.

Shareholder approval was required for the issuance of the common shares underlying the Series B and Series C warrants. On November 3,
2015, the stockholders approved the proposal to allow the Company to issue the underlying shares upon exercise of the Series B and Series
C  warrants.  In  November  2015,  the  automatic  exercise  provision  of  the  Series  B  warrants  triggered  and  the  Company  received  gross
proceeds of $5.0 million and issued 3,324,192 shares of common stock in exchange for all 874,891 of the Series B warrants. Furthermore,
pursuant to the terms of the warrant agreement, the number of Series A warrants increased by 3,324,192 to 4,199,082 and the exercise price
of the Series A warrant was adjusted from $7.05 to $1.50. In December 2015, the Company amended the Series A and Series C warrants,
whereby the exercise prices of the Series A and Series C warrants were fixed at $1.50 and the number of Series C warrants was fixed at
1,093,613. The Company received gross proceeds of $1.4 million and issued 962,969 shares of common stock upon exercise of 962,969
Series  C  warrants.  The  remaining  130,644  Series  C  warrants  expired  on  December  30,  2015.  Furthermore,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the
warrant agreement, the number of Series A warrants increased by 962,969. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company issued
1,315,781 shares of common stock upon the cashless exercise of 3,924,687 Series A warrants. There were 1,237,365 outstanding Series A
warrants at December 31, 2015 that terminate on December 11, 2020. The Company paid $585,000 in offering costs in connection with the
proceeds received from the exercise of the Series B and C warrants.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
The Series A warrants, Series B warrants and Series C warrants were initially considered to be liabilities and were marked to market at each
reporting  period  until  they  were  exercised,  terminated  or  were  no  longer  classified  as  liabilities. At  December  31,  2015,  the  remaining
Series A  warrants  were  no  longer  considered  liabilities.  The  Company  estimated  the  fair  value  of  these  warrants  to  be  $14.4  million  at
issuance. The Company recorded $4.9 million of the $5.0 million gross proceeds from the offering to derivative liabilities and $131,000 to
equity  and  recorded  a  loss  of  $9.5  million,  which  was  included  in  the  change  in  fair  value  of  derivative  liabilities  per  the  Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Furthermore, all of the $821,000 of the September 2015 offering costs
were expensed since the value of the warrants exceeded the gross proceeds.

The Company entered into a placement agent agreement in connection with the September 2015 Offering. As part of the placement agent
agreement, the Company issued a warrant to the placement agent to purchase 43,745 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.05.
The warrant was determined to be a liability at issuance and the estimated fair value of $157,000 was included in offering costs.

November 2014 Secondary Offering

On November 26, 2014, the Company completed a secondary offering, in which the Company sold and issued 762,777 units. Each unit
was  issued  at  a  price  of  $17.10  and  consisted  of  one  share  of  common  stock  and  one  common  stock  warrant  (“Secondary  Offering
Warrant”). The Company issued an additional 114,417 Secondary Offering Warrants pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
The Company received proceeds of approximately $11.3 million, net of approximately $1.7 million in cash underwriting and other offering
costs, from the secondary offering.

The  Secondary  Offering  Warrants  were  immediately  exercisable  after  issuance  into  common  shares  at  an  exercise  price  of  $22.20  and
terminate  on  November  26,  2019.  The  Secondary  Offering  Warrants  contain  a  cashless  exercise  provision  whereby  the  holders  may
exercise  warrants  by  paying  the  exercise  price  in  cash  or,  in  lieu  of  payment  of  the  exercise  price  in  cash,  at  any  time  120  days  after
issuance, by electing to receive a cash payment from the Company equal to the Black Scholes Value (as defined below) of the number of
shares  the  holder  elects  to  exercise  (the  “Black  Scholes  Payment”);  provided  that  we  have  discretion  as  to  whether  to  deliver  the  Black
Scholes Payment or, subject to meeting certain conditions, to deliver a number of shares of our common stock according to the following
formula (the “Cashless Exercise”):

Where:

Total Shares = (A x B) / C

● Total Shares is the number of shares of common stock to be issued upon a Cashless Exercise

● A is the total number of shares with respect to which the warrant is then being exercised.

● B is the Black Scholes Value (as defined below).

● C is the closing bid price of our common stock as of two trading days prior to the time of such exercise.

As defined in the Secondary Offering Warrants, “Black Scholes Value” means the Black Scholes value of an option for one share of our
common  stock  at  the  date  of  the  applicable  Black  Scholes  Payment  or  Cashless  Exercise,  which  is  calculated  using  the  Black  Scholes
Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg utilizing (i) an underlying price per share equal to the closing bid
price  of  the  common  stock  as  of  trading  day  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  issuance  of  the  warrant,  (ii)  a  risk-free  interest  rate
corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the remaining term of the warrant as of the applicable Black Scholes Payment
or Cashless Exercise, (iii) a strike price equal to the exercise price in effect at the time of the applicable Black Scholes Payment or Cashless
Exercise, (iv) an expected volatility equal to 135% and (v) a remaining term of such option equal to five years (regardless of the actual
remaining term of the warrant).

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Secondary Offering Warrants are considered to be liabilities and are marked to market at each reporting period. During the year ended
December 31, 2015, 869,825 of the Secondary Offering Warrants had been exercised via the cashless exercise provision resulting in the
issuance  of  2,546,856  shares  of  common  stock.  Had  the  cashless  exercise  provision  been  exercised  by  all  the  holders  of  the  remaining
7,368  Secondary  Offering  Warrants  at  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  would  have  had  to  either  pay  $88,000  in  cash  or  issue  an
additional 58,000 shares of common stock. The number of shares of common stock that would be required to satisfy the cashless exercise
provision increases as the price of the Company’s common stock decreases and decreases as the price of the Company’s common stock
increases.

Initial Public Offering

On  February  12,  2014,  the  Company  completed  an  IPO  of  its  common  stock,  in  which  the  Company  sold  and  issued  245,527  shares  of
common stock, including 12,194 shares sold pursuant to the exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, at an issuance price
of $86.25 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company received proceeds of approximately $15.4 million, net of
approximately $5.8 million in underwriting and other offering costs from the IPO.

On February 11, 2014, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Series F convertible preferred stock agreed to
waive the conversion adjustment under the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation such that in no event would the denominator
used to calculate the conversion ratio be less than $120.00, provided that the Company completed its IPO on or before June 30, 2014. Upon
completion of the IPO in February 2014, all 80,910,394 outstanding shares of preferred stock converted into 535,319 shares of common
stock  and  the  value  of  the  convertible  preferred  stock  of  $161.5  million  was  reclassified  to  stockholders’  equity.  Furthermore,  upon
completion of the IPO, 2,344,731 warrants representing all outstanding warrants exercisable for shares  of  preferred  stock  converted  into
warrants  exercisable  for  10,656  shares  of  common  stock  and  the  convertible  preferred  stock  warrant  liability  was  reclassified  to
stockholders’ equity. Following the completion of the IPO, there were no shares of preferred stock or warrants exercisable for shares of
preferred stock outstanding.

Other Issuances

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company issued 18,000 shares of common stock to a service provider as consideration for
services to be rendered under a consulting agreement. Furthermore, 56,891 shares of common stock were issued upon the conversion of
restricted stock units into common stock, of which 13,789 shares of common stock were withheld to satisfy the employees’ tax withholding
obligations associated with the conversion of the restricted stock units into common stock. The withheld shares were included in treasury
stock at a total value of $120,000, which was based on the market price of the common stock on the date the shares were issued. During
June 2015, these treasury shares were issued upon the conversion of restricted stock units into common stock. Additionally, during the year
ended December 31, 2015, 17 shares of common stock were issued upon the exercise of other warrants.

9. Stock-Based Compensation

Option and Equity Plans

In May 2015, the stockholders of the Company approved an increase in the aggregate number of common shares issuable under the 2012
Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”) by 66,667 shares to 305,746 shares. The total number of shares
available for grant under the 2012 Plan at December 31, 2015 was 93,039.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Options

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows:

  Options

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)

Intrinsic Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

Exercisable at December 31, 2015
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015    

92,289    $
115,690    $
-     
(70,447)   $
(25,159)   $
112,373   $
44,879    $
109,996    $

76.95     
13.20     
-     
41.10     
43.65     
41.55     

83.10     
42.15     

7.7    $

5.5    $
7.7    $

- 

- 
- 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above is calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock at
December 31, 2015 and the exercise price of each option.

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $5.32 and $25.05,
respectively.

The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  each  stock  option  on  the  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model,  which  requires
several estimates including an estimate of the fair value of the underlying common stock on grant date. The expected volatility was based
on an average of the historical volatility of a peer group of similar companies. The expected term was calculated utilizing the simplified
method. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the
option. The following weighted average assumptions were used in the calculation to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees
for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
Weighted-average expected life (in years)
Expected dividend yield
Weighted-average expected volatility

Restricted Stock Awards

December 31,

2015

2014

1.64%   
6.30 

0%   
48%   

1.85%
6.30 

0%
47%

Restricted stock awards (“RSA”) activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 was as follows:

Unvested at December 31, 2014

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Unvested at December 31, 2015

Number of
Awards

Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

-    $
18,000    $
(18,000)   $
-    $
-     

- 
4.80 
4.80 
- 

The  total  fair  value  of  RSAs  vested  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015  was  $87,000.  The  Company  recorded  $87,000  of  stock-
based compensation for RSAs during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Stock-Based Awards Granted to Nonemployees

The Company from time to time grants options to purchase common stock or restricted stock to non-employees for services rendered and
records expense ratably over the vesting period of each award. The Company estimates the fair value of the stock options using the Black-
Scholes valuation model at each reporting date. No options were granted to non-employees during the year ended December 31, 2015. The
Company  granted  18,000  RSAs  to  non-employees  and  recorded  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $87,000  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2015. The Company granted 11,029 options and 6,309 restricted stock awards to non-employees and recorded stock-based
compensation expense of $712,000 during the year ended December 31, 2014.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
The following assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes valuation model related to non-employee stock options granted during the year
ended December 31, 2014:

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
Weighted-average expected life (in years)
Expected dividend yield
Weighted-average expected volatility

Summary of Stock-Based Compensation Expense

  December 31, 2014  

2.52%
9.7 

0%
44%

Total  stock-based  compensation  expense  included  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  loss  was  allocated  as
follows (in thousands):

Cost of revenue
Research and development
General and administrative
Selling and marketing
Capitalized into inventory
Total stock-based compensation expense

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

50    $
177     
514     
170     
75     
986    $

317 
1,318 
6,244 
2,338 
784 
11,001 

  $

  $

Unrecognized stock-based compensation at December 31, 2015 was as follows (in thousands):

Stock options

10. Income Taxes

Unrecognized
Stock-Based
Compensation

Weighted
Average
    Remaining Period  
of Recognition
(in years)

  $

484     

1.9 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

The following is a reconciliation of the expected statutory federal income tax provision to the actual income tax benefit (in thousands):

Federal statutory rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Research and development credits
Equity related expenses
Change in valuation allowance
Total income tax expense

Year Ended December 31,
2014
2015

(35.0)%   
(2.3)%   
1.5%    
10.7%    
25.1%    
0.0%    

(34.0)%
(4.3)%
(0.7)%
2.9%
36.1%
0.0%

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards
Depreciation
Research credits
Other

Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:

Amortization of intangible assets

Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets
Less valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

December 31,

2015

2014

  $

  $

56,679    $
37     
2,222     
6,308     
65,246     

(807)    
(807)    
64,439     
(64,573)    
(134)   $

50,673 
60 
2,587 
6,057 
59,377 

(918)
(918)
58,459 
(58,593)
(134)

At  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  the  Company  had  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for  federal  and  state  income  tax  purposes  of
approximately  $148.2  million  and  $132.5  million,  respectively.  The  federal  and  state  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  will  expire  from
2023 to 2035, unless previously utilized. Additionally, the Company believes an ownership change occurred in 2015 that would trigger the
limitation on usage of net operating losses imposed by Internal Revenue Code section 382. Because of this limitation, a significant portion
of the net operating losses would more likely than not expire unused.

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized no amounts related to tax interest or penalties related to
uncertain tax positions. The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions. The Company currently has
no years under examination by any jurisdiction.

A  valuation  allowance  has  been  established  as  realization  of  such  deferred  tax  assets  has  not  met  the  more  likely-than-not  threshold
requirement. If the Company’s judgment changes and it is determined that the Company will be able to realize these deferred tax assets, the
tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets will be accounted for as a reduction to income tax
expense. The tax valuation allowance increased by approximately $6.0 million and $11.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015
and 2014, respectively.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

The  Company  currently  leases  laboratory,  manufacturing  and  office  space  and  equipment  under  noncancelable  operating  leases  which
provide for rent holidays and escalating payments. Lease incentives, including rent holidays, allowances for tenant improvements and rent
escalation provisions, are recorded as deferred rent. Rent under operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis beginning with lease
commencement through the end of the lease term. Sublease income is recorded as a reduction of rent expense. For each of the years ended
December  31,  2015  and  2014,  rental  expense  was  $734,000  and  $810,000,  respectively.  Sublease  income  was  $84,000  during  the  year
ended December 31, 2015.

The  following  table  summarizes  future  minimum  rental  payments  required  under  operating  leases  that  have  initial  or  remaining  non-
cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

Year ending December 31:

2016
2017
2018
2019

Total minimum lease payments

  Operating Leases     Sublease Income    

Total

  $

  $

910    $
938     
962     
980     
3,790    $

(125)   $
(129)    
(43)    
-     
(297)   $

785 
809 
919 
980 
3,493 

The Company has entered into consulting and development agreements with some of its advisors, including some surgeon advisors. The
Company has agreed to pay some of the surgeon advisors a portion of the net profits attributable to the sale of specific spine products for
which  the  surgeon  advisors  provided  the  Company  with  consulting  and  related  services  related  to  the  conceptualization,  development,
testing,  clearance,  approval  and/or  related  matters  involving  implant  products.  The  Company  is  obligated  to  pay  royalties  to  different
surgeon advisors in connection with the sale of certain of its implant products. These agreements generally continue until the later of (a) ten
years from the date of the agreements, and (b) the expiration of the patent rights relating to the devices covered by the agreements, when
rights  have  been  assigned  by  the  individuals  to  the  Company.  The  Company  incurred  royalties  of  $775,000  and  $1.3  million  related  to
these  agreements  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  None  of  the  royalty  arrangements  contain  minimum
royalty payments.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
The  Company  has  executed  agreements  with  certain  executive  officers  of  the  Company  which,  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events
related to a change in control, call for payments to the executives up to three times their annual salary and accelerated vesting of previously
granted stock options.

From time to time, the Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings covering matters that arise in the ordinary course of its
business  activities.  Management  believes  any  liability  that  may  ultimately  result  from  the  resolution  of  these  matters  will  not  have  a
material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows.

11. Related-Party Transactions

Gregg R. Honigblum, the Chief Executive Officer of each of Creation Capital, LLC (“Creation Capital”) and Creation Capital Advisors,
LLC  (“Creation Advisors”),  served  on  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  from  December  2006  through  September  2013.  The  Company
completed offerings of preferred stock and convertible debt through Creation Capital, as its placement agent, and also received strategic
financial advisory services from Creation Advisors.

In  October  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  one-year  consulting  agreement  for  financial  advisory  services  with  Creation Advisors  in
which Creation Advisors was to receive compensation of up to $180,000 in cash (payable $15,000 per month). The Company paid $45,000
under this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2014. This agreement was terminated in March 2014 and as consideration for
termination  of  the  agreement,  the  Company  paid  $60,000  and  issued  3,334  restricted  shares  of  common  stock,  valued  at  $372,000,  to
Creation Advisers.

12. 401(k) Plan

Effective June 1, 2004, the Company adopted a defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
The plan covers substantially all employees. Eligible employees may contribute amounts to the plan, via payroll withholdings, subject to
certain limitations. The plan permits, but does not require, additional matching contributions to the plan by the Company on behalf of the
participants  in  the  plan.  The  Company  incurred  approximately  $175,000  and  $164,000  relating  to  retirement  contributions  for  the  years
ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

13. Subsequent Events

Subsequent to December 31, 2015, the Company issued 536,388 shares of common stock upon the cashless exercise of 1,137,365 Series A
warrants.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 23.1

Amedica Corporation
Salt Lake City, Utah

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-207289), Form S-3 (No. 333-
205545),  and  Form  S-8  (No.  333-194977)  of Amedica  Corporation  of  our  report  dated  March  23,  2016,  relating  to  the  2015  and  2014
consolidated financial statements of Amedica Corporation included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

/s/ Mantyla McReynolds LLC
Mantyla McReynolds, LLC
Salt Lake City, Utah
March 23, 2016

Gateway 5 ● 178 South Rio Grande street, Suite 200 ● Salt Lake City, Utah 84101 ● Tel. (801) 269-1818 ● Fax (801) 266-3481 ● www.mmacpa.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, B. Sonny Bal, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Amedica Corporation;

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect
to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  based  on  such
evaluation; and

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which

are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2016

By: /s/ B. Sonny Bal
B. Sonny Bal
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Ty A. Lombardi, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Amedica Corporation;

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect
to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  based  on  such
evaluation; and

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

(a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which

are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s

internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 23, 2016

By: /s/ Ty A. Lombardi
Ty A. Lombardi
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 906

Exhibit 32

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United
States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Amedica Corporation., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to
such officer’s knowledge, that:

The  Annual  Report  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015  (the  “Form  10-K”)  of  the  Company  fully  complies  with  the
requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  and  the  information  contained  in  the  Form  10-K  fairly
presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 23, 2016

Date: March 23, 2016

By: /s/ B. Sonny Bal
B. Sonny Bal
Chief Executive Officer

By: /s/ Ty A. Lombardi
Ty A. Lombardi
Chief Financial Officer